WO2014203772A1 - Door holding structure for vehicle air conditioner, and vehicle air conditioner with same - Google Patents

Door holding structure for vehicle air conditioner, and vehicle air conditioner with same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014203772A1
WO2014203772A1 PCT/JP2014/065409 JP2014065409W WO2014203772A1 WO 2014203772 A1 WO2014203772 A1 WO 2014203772A1 JP 2014065409 W JP2014065409 W JP 2014065409W WO 2014203772 A1 WO2014203772 A1 WO 2014203772A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
door
interval
supported
wall
case member
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/065409
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
浩隆 古城
Original Assignee
株式会社ヴァレオジャパン
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社ヴァレオジャパン filed Critical 株式会社ヴァレオジャパン
Priority to JP2015522800A priority Critical patent/JP6261054B2/en
Publication of WO2014203772A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014203772A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60HARRANGEMENTS OF HEATING, COOLING, VENTILATING OR OTHER AIR-TREATING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR PASSENGER OR GOODS SPACES OF VEHICLES
    • B60H1/00Heating, cooling or ventilating [HVAC] devices
    • B60H1/00642Control systems or circuits; Control members or indication devices for heating, cooling or ventilating devices
    • B60H1/00664Construction or arrangement of damper doors
    • B60H1/00671Damper doors moved by rotation; Grilles
    • B60H1/00685Damper doors moved by rotation; Grilles the door being a rotating disc or cylinder or part thereof
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60HARRANGEMENTS OF HEATING, COOLING, VENTILATING OR OTHER AIR-TREATING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR PASSENGER OR GOODS SPACES OF VEHICLES
    • B60H1/00Heating, cooling or ventilating [HVAC] devices
    • B60H1/00642Control systems or circuits; Control members or indication devices for heating, cooling or ventilating devices
    • B60H1/00664Construction or arrangement of damper doors
    • B60H2001/00707Details of pivots of damper doors

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a vehicle air conditioner door holding structure employed for supporting two doors on the same axis, and a vehicle air conditioner equipped with the door holding structure.
  • a door movement restricting mechanism that can prevent the other door from being affected by the rotation of one of the two doors and can set a small gap between one of the two doors and the wall.
  • a door holding structure as already disclosed in Patent Document 1 is already known as a structure that rotatably supports two doors on the same axis.
  • the first door and the second door which are two doors, are respectively connected to the closed portion (door plate portion) and the both ends of the closed portion (door plate portion). It comprises a pair of protruding rotating shaft portions. Furthermore, a slit part is provided in the rotating shaft part of the first door, and a reduced width part in which the radial width is partially shortened is provided in the rotating shaft part of the second door.
  • the reduced width portion of the rotation shaft portion of the second door is inserted into the slit portion from the radially outer side of the rotation shaft portion of the first door, and after temporarily assembling the first door and the second door,
  • a 1st rotating shaft part in a bearing part a 1st door and a 2nd door are rotatably arrange
  • first door and the second door are so-called rotary doors.
  • the side wall part extended in the radial direction of a rotating shaft part and connected with the both ends of a closure part (door board part) in the both ends of each closure part (door board part) of a 1st door and a 2nd door (Side plate part).
  • the inner side surface of the side wall portion (side plate portion) of the first door and the outer side surface of the side wall portion (side plate portion) of the second door face each other.
  • the structure of the 1st door of patent document 1 is between the wall of a case, and a pair of side wall part (side plate part) of a 1st door so that a 1st door can move to the axial direction of a rotating shaft part.
  • a first movement range is provided between the first door and the first door, and the first door is held by the case, thereby preventing a problem that the rotation operation is hindered.
  • the configuration of the second door includes a pair of side wall portions (side plate portions) of the first door and a pair of side wall portions (side plates) of the second door so that the second door can move in the axial direction of the rotating shaft portion.
  • the second movement range is provided between the first door and the second door, and the second door is sandwiched by the first door to prevent the rotation operation from being hindered.
  • the second door has a movement range in which the second movement range provided for the second door is added to the first movement range provided for the first door to the case wall. It is installed in a form. A large gap is generated between the wall of the case and the pair of side wall portions (side plate portions) of the second door. When the air conditioning control is performed with the second door, the large gap becomes a passage for the leaked air, and the amount of air leakage increases, which causes a problem that the efficiency of the air conditioning control deteriorates.
  • the present invention provides a configuration in which the first door and the second door are arranged so as to be rotatable coaxially, and there is no large gap between the wall of the case and the side wall of the second door, and It is an object of the present invention to provide a vehicle air conditioner door holding structure and a vehicle air conditioner that do not restrict the movement of the two doors in the rotation axis direction by contact with the first door.
  • the door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner includes a first door including a pair of first supported portions and a second door including a pair of second supported portions.
  • a door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner in which the first door and the second door are arranged between a first wall and a second wall, wherein one of the first supported parts is The second supported portion is rotatably supported by the first wall, and the second supported portion is rotatably supported by the first supported portion, and the other of the first supported portion and the first supported portion.
  • the other of the two supported parts is rotatably supported by the second wall, or is rotatably supported by the supported part supported by the second wall, and the first supported part.
  • the second supported portion are rotatable on the same rotation axis, and the movement of the first door in the direction along the rotation axis is the first
  • the first regulating mechanism is constituted by the second door and the first wall.
  • the second door and the second wall constitute a second restriction mechanism, and the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is the first restriction mechanism and the second wall It is characterized by being regulated by a regulation mechanism (claim 1).
  • the first door is, for example, a mix door
  • the second door is, for example, a mode door.
  • the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is regulated by the first wall and the second wall via the first and second regulating mechanisms, and therefore in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the movement range of the second door can be reduced.
  • the clearance gap between the 1st wall and the 2nd door and the clearance gap between the 2nd wall and the 2nd door can be set small, the amount of leakage of the air which passes through these clearance gaps can be controlled. It becomes possible.
  • the movement of the first door and the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is restricted by the first wall and the second wall, respectively, so that the first door and the second door are in the direction along the rotation axis. There is no contact. For this reason, both the first door and the second door can be prevented from being affected by the rotation of the counterpart door, and the independence of the door position control can be improved.
  • the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis includes a one-side door extension portion that extends from the second door and can abut on the first wall.
  • the restriction mechanism itself rotates and moves according to the rotation of the second door, so that the restriction of the movement range of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is stabilized. Can be done.
  • the other of the second supported parts is supported by the second wall, and the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is at least the other side door extension part and the second part.
  • the second door extending portion is restricted by the second restricting mechanism configured with a wall, and the other side door extending portion extends in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis from the other of the second supported portions.
  • the extension part of the second door is provided so as to extend from the other of the second supported parts supported by the second wall, the extension part of the second door is set to the center of rotation of the second door. Can be placed near. For this reason, even when the movement in the direction along the rotation axis of the second door is restricted by the second restriction mechanism, the influence of the rotational torque on the rotation direction of the second door can be suppressed.
  • the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is capable of extending from the second door and the first wall and coming into contact with the second door.
  • a first restricting mechanism configured with a side wall extending portion, the second door, and a second side wall extending portion that extends from the second wall and can come into contact with the second door. It is characterized by being regulated by at least one of the second regulation mechanism (claim 4).
  • the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is the second door and the second wall of the first wall that is more than the surface facing the first door.
  • the first regulating mechanism configured with a step surface on one side close to the wall of the first door, the second door, and the second wall of the second wall that is closer to the first wall than the surface facing the first door. It is characterized by being restricted by at least one of a second restricting mechanism constituted by the adjacent other side step surface (Claim 5).
  • Example 1 of the door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner according to the present invention one of the paired first supported portions is rotatable in a first bearing hole formed in the first wall.
  • the other supported second pair of supported parts is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and the other of the first supported parts is Supported by a door support portion formed on the second wall, is rotatable about an axis of the second bearing hole, and includes a slit portion through which the other of the second supported portions can be inserted,
  • One of the second supported parts is rotatably supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part (Claim 6).
  • the second door In supporting the first door having the first supported portion forming a pair and the second door having the second supported portion forming the pair on the same rotation axis, the second door The other is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and the other of the first supported parts is supported by a door support part formed in the second wall. Yes. For this reason, the supported parts of the respective doors are supported at different positions with respect to the second wall, and even when one of the doors has a dimensional variation or a slight deflection, the respective doors rotate and slide. It is possible to stabilize the quality by ensuring smooth door rotation.
  • Example 2 of the door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner according to the present invention one of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by a first bearing hole formed in the first wall,
  • the other of the second supported portions is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and one of the second supported portions is the first supported portion.
  • Is supported along a perpendicular line from the first bearing hole is rotatable about the axis of the first bearing hole
  • the other of the first supported parts is the second supported part.
  • the second support hole is supported along the perpendicular from the second bearing hole, and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole (Claim 7).
  • one of the second supported portions is supported.
  • One of the first supported portions is rotatably supported along a perpendicular line from the first bearing hole, and the other of the first supported portions is supported on the other of the second supported portions. It supports so that it can rotate along the perpendicular from. For this reason, when temporarily assembling the first door and the second door, it is not necessary to insert another supported portion from the outside in the radial direction of the supported portion, and force is applied to each supported portion from the radial direction. Disappears. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the supported portion from being bent in the radial direction, and the smooth rotation of the door is not hindered.
  • one of the first supported portions is rotatably supported by a first bearing hole formed in the first wall
  • the other of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall
  • one of the second supported parts is the first supported part. Is supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first bearing hole and is rotatable about the axis of the first bearing hole.
  • the other of the second supported parts is the other of the first supported parts. Is supported on the inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the second bearing hole, and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole (claim 8).
  • one of the second supported parts may or may not penetrate the first bearing hole formed in the first wall, and the other of the second supported parts may be Even if it penetrates the 2nd bearing hole formed in the 2nd wall, it is good also as what does not penetrate.
  • one of the second supported portions is supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported portion, and rotates about the axis of the first bearing hole.
  • the other of the second supported parts is supported on the other inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole.
  • the first door and the second door include a pair of side wall portions extending substantially perpendicular to the respective supported portions, A rotary door configured to include a closing portion that connects between the pair of side wall portions may be used (claim 9). Further, the first door and the second door may be a plate door provided with a plate-like portion extending substantially parallel to the axis of each supported portion (claim 10).
  • the first wall and the second wall are part of an air conditioning case in which an air flow path is formed, and the first door And the second door are arranged in the air flow path (claim 11).
  • the door holding structure according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is employed in the vehicle air conditioner. Is possible.
  • the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is caused by the first wall via the first and second restriction mechanisms. And can be regulated by the second wall. For this reason, it is not necessary to regulate using the 1st door which can move to the direction which follows a rotation axis, and the movement range of the 2nd door can be made small. Therefore, since the gap between the second door and the first wall and the gap between the second door and the second wall can be set small, it is possible to suppress the amount of air leaking through these gaps. It becomes.
  • the movement of the direction along the rotating shaft line of a 1st door and a 2nd door can be controlled with a 1st wall and a 2nd wall, respectively. .
  • the first door and the second door do not come into contact with each other in the direction along the rotation axis, and can be prevented from being affected by the rotation of the counterpart door, thereby improving the independence of the door position control. It becomes possible to make it.
  • the regulating mechanism since the regulating mechanism uses the door extension portion, the regulating mechanism itself rotates and moves in accordance with the rotation of the second door.
  • the movement range of the second door can be regulated stably.
  • the extending portion of the second door is provided so as to extend from the other of the second supported portions supported by the second wall.
  • the extension part of the 2nd door can be arranged near the rotation center of the 2nd door, and the movement of the direction along the axis of rotation of the 2nd door was regulated by the 2nd regulation mechanism.
  • the influence of the rotational torque on the rotational direction of the second door can be suppressed.
  • the restriction mechanism since the restriction mechanism has a configuration in which the wall extending portion is provided, it is not necessary to provide the extending portion on the second door, so that the productivity of the second door is improved. be able to.
  • the first door having the first supported portion that makes a pair and the second door having the second supported portion that makes the pair are arranged on the same rotational axis.
  • the other of the second supported portions is rotatably supported in a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and the other of the first supported portions is supported on the second wall.
  • the door is supported by the formed door support. For this reason, the supported parts of the respective doors are supported at different locations with respect to the second wall, and even if one of the doors has a dimensional variation or slight deflection, the respective doors rotate and slide. It is possible to stabilize the quality by ensuring smooth door rotation.
  • the first door having the first supported portion that makes a pair and the second door having the second supported portion that makes the pair are coaxially supported.
  • one of the second supported parts is supported by one of the first supported parts so as to be rotatable along a perpendicular line from the first bearing hole, and the other of the first supported parts is secondly supported.
  • the other supported portion is supported so as to be rotatable along a perpendicular line from the second bearing hole.
  • one of the second supported parts is supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part, It is rotatable about the axis of the bearing hole, and the other of the second supported parts is supported on the other inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part, and the axis of the second bearing hole is Even when the structure is rotatable as a center, the movement range of the second door is regulated by contacting the first wall and the second wall via the first and second regulating mechanisms. can do. Moreover, it can prevent that a 1st door and a 2nd door contact in the direction in alignment with the rotating shaft line of a to-be-supported part by a 1st control mechanism and a 2nd control mechanism.
  • the vehicle air conditioner is configured as described above from claim 1 to claim 1 by adopting such a configuration for the first wall, the second wall, the first door, and the second door. It becomes possible to employ
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an overall configuration example of a vehicle air conditioner in which a door holding structure according to the present invention is used.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention.
  • the second door has one side door extension portion on one side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the support parts, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention.
  • the second door has one side door extension portion on one side of the side wall portion.
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory view showing a first example of the first embodiment
  • FIG. 4A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled
  • FIG. ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side door extension portion on one side wall portion and the side wall portion.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention.
  • the second door has one side wall extending portion on one side wall portion,
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory view showing a second example of the first embodiment, and
  • FIG. 7A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled, and
  • FIG. 7A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled, and FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the third example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has one side wall extending portion on the surface facing the second door.
  • the second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extending portion is provided on the surface facing the second door, and that the one side wall extending portion and the second door are in contact with each other.
  • FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the third example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on the surface facing the second door.
  • the second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extension is provided on the surface facing the second door, and the other side wall extension and the second door are in contact with each other.
  • FIG. 10A is a perspective view showing one of the supported parts of the first door and the second door in the third example of the first embodiment
  • FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the other of each supported part of a 1st door and a 2nd door in the 3rd example of Example 1.
  • FIG. FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention.
  • one side door extension portion is provided on one side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the support parts, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention.
  • one side door extension portion is provided on one side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the support parts, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact
  • FIG. 15 is an explanatory view showing a first example of the second embodiment, and is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled.
  • FIG. 16 is sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the 2nd example of Example 2 of the door holding structure which concerns on this invention, and the 2nd door has one side door extension part in one side wall part, and a side wall. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the part, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting.
  • FIG. 17 is sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the 2nd example of Example 2 of the door holding structure which concerns on this invention, and the 2nd door has one side door extension part in one side wall part, and a side wall.
  • FIG. 18 is an explanatory view showing a second example of the second embodiment, and is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a third example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on the surface facing the second door.
  • the second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extending portion is provided on the surface facing the second door, and that the one side wall extending portion and the second door are in contact with each other.
  • FIG. 18 is an explanatory view showing a second example of the second embodiment, and is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a third example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on the surface facing the second door.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a third example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the invention, and the first wall has a side wall extending portion on a surface facing the second door, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side wall extension part is each provided in the surface facing a 2nd door, and the other side wall extension part and the 2nd door contact
  • FIG. 21A is a perspective view showing one of the supported portions of the first door and the second door in the third example of the second embodiment, and FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the other of each supported part of a 1st door and a 2nd door in the 3rd example of Example 2.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door
  • step difference surface is provided in the 2nd wall facing the other side wall part of a 2nd door, and the one side level
  • FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door.
  • FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side door extension portion on one of the supported portions, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the supported parts, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting.
  • FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side door extension portion on one of the supported portions, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the supported parts, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting.
  • FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side door extension portion on one of the supported portions, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the supported parts, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact
  • FIG. 26 is an explanatory view showing a first example of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 26A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled, and FIG. ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled.
  • FIG. 26A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled
  • FIG. ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled.
  • FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side extending portion on one side wall portion and the side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side extension part is provided in the other, and the one side extension part and the 1st wall are contacting.
  • FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side wall extension portion on one side wall portion and the side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the part, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact
  • FIG. 29 is an explanatory view showing a second example of the third embodiment
  • FIG. 29 (a) is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled
  • FIG. 29 (b). ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled.
  • FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a third example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on a surface facing the second door.
  • the second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extending portion is provided on the surface facing the second door, and that the one side wall extending portion and the second door are in contact with each other.
  • FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a third example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on a surface facing the second door.
  • the second wall
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a third example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, wherein the first wall has a side wall extending portion on a surface facing the second door.
  • the second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extension is provided on the surface facing the second door, and the other side wall extension and the second door are in contact with each other.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door.
  • FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level
  • FIG. 1 shows an example of an air conditioning unit 1 of a vehicle air conditioner in which the door holding structure according to the present invention is used.
  • the air conditioning unit 1 is a center-mounted type mounted on a center console portion of a vehicle, and is disposed closer to the vehicle compartment than a partition plate that partitions the engine room and the vehicle compartment.
  • the air conditioning unit 1 is configured so that outside air (air outside the cabin) and / or inside air (air inside the cabin) is introduced into the air introduction space 3 of the air conditioning case 2 via a blower unit (not shown). It has become.
  • the air-conditioning case 2 forms a passage for air flowing toward the passenger compartment, and is formed of a synthetic resin material. For reasons of assembling the air-conditioning equipment in the case, and for convenience of die-cutting, a plurality of It is comprised by the case member.
  • the air conditioning case 2 is configured by a case member that is divided in the vehicle left-right direction.
  • the air conditioning case 2 includes an introduction port 4 that introduces air into the air introduction space 3, a first outlet passage 5 that guides air upward of the air conditioning case 2, and a second outlet passage that guides air downward of the air conditioning case 2. 6 is provided.
  • an evaporator 7 serving as a cooling heat exchanger is disposed in the air introduction space, and a heater core 8 serving as a heating heat exchanger is disposed downstream of the evaporator 7.
  • the evaporator 7 constitutes a part of the refrigeration cycle, and is disposed in the air passage so that all the air introduced from the inlet 4 passes, and the passing air is cooled and dehumidified as necessary. can do.
  • a partition wall 9 formed integrally with the air conditioning case 2 is disposed in the approximate center of the air passage.
  • the heater core 8 heats air using, for example, engine cooling water as a heat source, and is disposed below the partition wall 9.
  • the heater core 8 is installed substantially horizontally from the lower end of the partition wall 9 to the guide wall 16 provided on the passenger compartment side of the air conditioning case 2.
  • a bypass passage 10 (in this embodiment, a cold air passage) leading upward is formed.
  • the air that has passed through the evaporator 7 and the heater core 8 (warm air that has passed through the heater core 8) is guided upward toward the passenger compartment.
  • a hot air passage 11 is formed.
  • a mixed space 12 for mixing the cold air supplied from the bypass passage 10 and the hot air supplied from the hot air passage 11 is formed.
  • the first blowing passage 5 and the first air passage Two blowout passages 6 are connected.
  • the first blowing passage 5 guides the air introduced by the blower unit to the upper side of the air conditioning case 2, and includes a mix space 12, a defrost blowing opening 13 for blowing the introduced air toward the glass inner surface in front of the vehicle,
  • the introduced air communicates with a vent outlet 14 for blowing out the air toward the upper body of the occupant.
  • the second blowing passage 6 guides the air introduced by the blower unit to the lower side of the air conditioning case 2 and communicates with the mix space 12 and the foot blowing opening 15 that blows the introduced air toward the feet of the occupant. ing.
  • bypass passage 10 the hot air passage 11, the first blowout passage 5, and the second blowout passage 6 are centered on the mix space 12 and around the bypass passage 10, the first blowout passage 5, and the second blowout passage.
  • the passage 6 and the warm air passage 11 are arranged in this order, and are connected to the mix space 12.
  • the portion where the bypass passage 10 and the first outlet passage 5 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by a circumferential wall 17 in which a part of the air conditioning case 2 is formed in a circumferential shape.
  • a portion where the first blowing passage 5 and the second blowing passage 6 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by a circumferential wall 18 that forms a part of the air conditioning case 2 in a circular shape.
  • a portion where the second blow-out passage 6 and the hot air passage 11 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by a circumferential wall 19 in which a part of the air conditioning case 2 is formed in a circumferential shape.
  • a portion where the warm air passage 11 and the bypass passage 10 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by the partition wall 9 formed integrally with the air conditioning case 2.
  • a mix door 20 that adjusts the introduction ratio of the cold air supplied from the bypass passage 10 and the hot air supplied from the hot air passage 11, and the air from the mix space 12 toward the first outlet passage 5,
  • a mode door 30 that adjusts the air distribution ratio with the air toward the second blow-out passage 6 is provided.
  • the mix door 20 is made of a synthetic resin material.
  • the mix door 20 includes a pair of first supported portions 21a provided on the rotation axis, as shown in FIGS. 1, 4, 7, 15, 18, 18, 26, or 29. 21b and a pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b extending from the first supported portions 21a and 21b along the radial direction of the first supported portions 21a and 21b and forming a pair of substantially fan shapes parallel to each other. And between the side wall portions 22a and 22b in the vicinity of the closed portion 23 formed so as to connect the outer peripheral edges of the pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b and the first supported portions 21a and 21b. And ribs 24.
  • the first supported portions 21a and 21b are rotatably arranged at the approximate center of the mix space 12 (only the first supported portion 21a on one side is shown in FIG. 1), and the closing portion 23 is formed.
  • the opening ratio of the bypass passage 10 and the hot air passage 11 with respect to the mix space 12 can be adjusted by being positioned upstream of the first supported portions 21a and 21b.
  • the mode door 30 is also made of a synthetic resin material.
  • the mode door 30 includes a pair of second supported portions 31a provided on the rotation axis, as shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 4, FIG. 7, FIG. 15, FIG. 31b and side wall portions 32a, 32b extending from the second supported portions 31a, 31b along the radial direction of the second supported portions 31a, 31b to form a pair of substantially fan-shaped parallel portions. And between the side wall portions 32a and 32b in the vicinity of the closed portion 33 formed so as to connect the outer peripheral edges of the pair of side wall portions 32a and 32b and the first supported portions 31a and 31b. Rib 34.
  • the second supported portions 31a and 31b are rotatably arranged on the same rotational axis as the mix door 20, and the closing portion 33 is positioned downstream of the second supported portions 31a and 31b.
  • the opening ratio with respect to the mix space 12 of the 1st blowing path 5 and the 2nd blowing path 6 can be adjusted now.
  • the first blow-out passage 5 is provided with a cantilever type differential vent door 40 that adjusts the air distribution ratio between the air from the mix space 12 toward the defrost blow opening 13 and the air from the mix space 12 toward the vent blow opening 14. ing.
  • the differential vent door 40 By positioning the differential vent door 40 in cooperation with the mode door 30, the air introduced into the air conditioning case 2 via the blower unit is transferred to the defrost outlet opening 13, the vent outlet opening 14, and the foot outlet opening 15 at an appropriate ratio. Can be distributed.
  • Example 1 As a door holding structure for holding the first supported portions 21a and 21b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portions 31a and 31b of the mode door 30 on the same axis, There are structures described as Example 1, Example 2, and Example 3. Further, when adopting the door holding structure in each embodiment, as a restriction mechanism for restricting the movement range of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 as the first example, the second example, the third example, and the fourth example There is a structure to show.
  • each regulation mechanism will be described in the description of the embodiment.
  • FIGS. 2 to 12 show a first embodiment of a door holding structure.
  • the first supported portion 21 a (one of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 extends from the side wall portion 22 a on the rotation axis to the outside of the air conditioning case 2. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward. One of the first supported portions 21a rotates in a bearing hole 41 formed in the case member 2a of the case members 2a (first wall) and 2b (second wall) facing the air conditioning case 2. It is supported freely and has a cylindrical hole 25. Further, the first supported portion 21b (the other of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 is a circle formed at the end of the side wall portion 22b as shown in FIGS.
  • the plate-shaped portion 28 a and a peripheral wall portion 28 b extending from the peripheral edge of the disk-shaped portion 28 a toward the outside of the air conditioning case 2 along the rotation axis are configured.
  • the other 21b of the first supported portion has a peripheral wall portion 28b from the side opposite to the closing portion 23 (upper side in FIG. 4) toward the closing portion 23 side (lower side in FIG. 4).
  • a slit 28c is formed by cutting out the disk-shaped part 28a and having its tip extending to the center in the radial direction of the disk-shaped part 28a.
  • the second supported portion 31 a (one of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is located outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32 a. It is formed by extending in the shape of a column toward One of the second supported portions 31 a is rotatably supported by one of the first supported portions 21 a of the mix door 20.
  • the second supported portion 31b (the other of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is located outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward.
  • the other 31b of the second supported portion is rotatably supported by a bearing hole 42 formed in the case member 2b of the facing case members 2a and 2b of the air conditioning case 2.
  • the case member 2b may be formed with a first door support portion 43 that holds the other 21b of the first supported portion.
  • the first door support portion 43 extends in an annular shape around the second bearing hole 42 toward the inside of the air conditioning case 2 while covering the periphery thereof.
  • the outer diameter of the first door support 43 is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the peripheral wall 28b of the other 21b of the first supported part, and the other 21b of the first supported part is supported by the first door.
  • the part 43 can be externally rotated.
  • end portion of one end 31a of the second supported portion is formed so that the outer diameter is slightly smaller than the inner diameter size of the cylindrical hole 25 formed in the first supported portion one 21a.
  • the end portion of one of the two supported portions 31a can be rotatably inserted into the cylindrical hole 25 of the first supported portion 21a.
  • the first supported portions 21a and 21b and the second supported are made to face each other with the portions 31a and 31b close to each other, and from this state, the mode door 30 is first tilted so that one of the second supported portions 31a is connected to the first supported portion.
  • One side 21a is inserted into the cylindrical hole 25, and thereafter, the other 31b of the second supported part is radially outward from the other 21b of the first supported part (in FIGS. 4A and 7A).
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are brought closer to the case member 2a, 2b in the state divided into the left and right from the rotational axis direction, and the first supported portion 21a is placed in the case.
  • the case member is inserted into the bearing hole 41 of the member 2a, and the other 31b of the second supported portion is inserted through the slit portion 28c of the other 21b of the first supported portion (through the slit portion 28c).
  • 2b is inserted into the bearing hole 42, the other 21b of the first supported portion is externally mounted on the first door support portion 43 of the case member 2b, and the case members 2a and 2b are combined to constitute the air conditioning case 2.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are shown separately for the sake of clarity, but the above operation is performed in a temporarily assembled state.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are disposed between the case members 2a and 2b of the air conditioning case 2 so as to be rotatable and on the same rotational axis.
  • the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b are appropriately configured to restrict the movement of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the supported portions 21 and 31.
  • a first example of the restriction mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the restriction mechanism 50a is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a is formed on the inner surface of the case member 2a. The contact is possible.
  • the restriction mechanism 50 b is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the other of the first supported portions 21 b. The peripheral wall portion 28b can contact the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a toward the case member 2 a.
  • the extended one-side door extension 61 can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31 a of the second supported portion.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), from the other 31 b of the second supported portion.
  • the other-side door extension 62 extending in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
  • the space L1 exists between the other side door extension 62 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L1 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction.
  • interval L2 exists between the other 21b of the 1st supported part of the mix door 20 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L2 is a range of movement of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • the distance L101 between the disk-like part 28a of the other 21b of the first supported part of the mix door 20 and the side wall part 32b of the mode door 30, and the mix door The distance L102 between one of the first supported portions 20a of the 20 and the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30, the bottom surface of the cylindrical hole 25 of the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 and the mode.
  • the interval L1 is set smaller than the interval L2, the interval L101, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104, and the interval L2 is set smaller than any of the interval L101, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104. .
  • the mix door 20 (1st door), the mode door 30 (2nd door), the case member 2a (1st wall), and the case member 2b (2nd wall) Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
  • a space L3 exists between the one-side door extension 61 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the interval L3 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L1.
  • interval L4 exists between the side wall part 22a of the mix door 30 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the interval L4 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L2.
  • the interval L3 is set smaller than any of the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104, and the interval L4 is set smaller than any of the intervals L3, L101, L102, L103, and L104. .
  • the distance L1 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L1 and L3 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103, and L104 (the sizes of the distances L101, L102, L103, and L104 are not important).
  • the intervals L2 and L4 are equal, and the intervals L2 and L4 are smaller than the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104 (the sizes of the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104 are not important).
  • the interval L1 is greater than the interval L101. Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102, the distance L103, and the distance L104, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 are increased.
  • the distance L1 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the distance L101 does not become zero.
  • the interval L2 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 do not become zero.
  • the distance L1 is smaller than the distance L2, so that the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101.
  • the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 are reduced.
  • the interval L2 is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 do not become zero.
  • the interval L3 is larger than the intervals L102, L103, and L104. Since the distance L4 is smaller than the distance L101, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L101 is widened, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 are reduced.
  • the interval L3 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 do not become zero.
  • the distance L4 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero.
  • the distance L3 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Shrinks, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 increase.
  • the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L101, the interval L101 does not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first example, and the outer surface of the side wall portion 22 a. Can contact the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the restriction mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall), as in the first example. The peripheral wall part 28b of the other part 21b of the part can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), as in the first example, and the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a.
  • the one-side door extension portion 61 extending from the case toward the case member 2a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31 a of the second supported portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 5 to FIG.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and extends from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b to the case member 2 b.
  • the other-side door extension 63 extending toward the inner side of the case member 2b can be brought into contact therewith.
  • the other side door extension 63 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other end 31b of the second supported portion as the center point.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
  • interval L5 exists between the other side door extension part 63 of the mode door 30 (2nd door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L5 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction. Similar to the first example, an interval L2 exists between the other 21b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • an interval L2 exists between the other 21b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • interval L103 exist among the space
  • the interval L2 is set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103.
  • the interval L5 is set smaller than any of the interval L2, the interval L101, the interval L102, and the interval L103.
  • the mix door 20 (1st door), the mode door 30 (2nd door), the case member 2a (1st wall), and the case member 2b (2nd wall) Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
  • an interval L3 exists between the one-side door extension 61 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a. Similar to the first example, an interval L4 exists between the side wall portion 22a of the mix door 20 and the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103 between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103.
  • the distance L5 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L5, L3 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, L103 is not important).
  • the intervals L2 and L4 are equal, and the intervals L2 and L4 are smaller than the intervals L101, L102, and L103 (the sizes of the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104 are not important).
  • the interval L5 is Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L101 and the distance L2 is smaller than both the distance L102 and the distance L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased.
  • the distance L5 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the distance L101 does not become zero.
  • the distance L2 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L102 and the distance L102 do not become zero.
  • the distance L5 is smaller than the distance L2, so that the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Increases and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced.
  • the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
  • the intervals L3 and L4 are the intervals L101 and L102. Since the distance is smaller than any of the intervals L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not come into contact with each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L101 is widened, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced.
  • the distance L3 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
  • the distance L4 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L101 does not become zero.
  • the distance L3 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Shrinks and the interval L102 and the interval L103 increase. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L101, the interval L101 does not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first and second examples.
  • the outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the restricting mechanism 50b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first and second examples.
  • the peripheral wall portion 28b of the other supported portion 21b can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and faces the second door 30 from the inner surface of the case member 2 a.
  • the one side wall extending portion 64 extending so as to be able to abut on the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a of the second door 30.
  • the side wall extending portion 64 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 41 as a center point, as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 8 to FIG.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the second door 30 extends from the inner surface of the case member 2 b.
  • the other side wall extending portion 65 extending toward the side can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b of the second door 30.
  • the other side wall extending portion 65 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 42 as the center point, as shown in FIG.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
  • the interval L6 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction. Similar to the first example and the second example, a gap L2 exists between the other 21b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. Similar to the second example, an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103 exist between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. The interval L2 is set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103, and the interval L6 is set smaller than any of the intervals L2, L101, L102, and L103.
  • the mix door 20 (1st door), the mode door 30 (2nd door), the case member 2a (1st wall), and the case member 2b (2nd wall) Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
  • the interval L7 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L6.
  • a gap L4 exists between the side wall 22a of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103 exist between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30.
  • the intervals L7 and L4 are set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103.
  • the distance L6 is equal to the distance L7, and the distances L6, L7 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, L103 is not important).
  • the distance L2 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L2 and L4 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, and L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, and L103 is not important).
  • the interval L6 is greater than the interval L101. Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased.
  • the distance L6 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the distance L101 does not become zero.
  • the distance L2 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
  • the distance L6 is smaller than the distance L2. Increases and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced.
  • the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
  • the interval L7 is smaller than the intervals L102 and L103. Since L4 is smaller than the distance L101, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L101 is widened, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced.
  • the distance L7 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
  • the distance L4 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L101 does not become zero.
  • the distance L7 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Shrinks and the interval L102 and the interval L103 increase. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L101, the interval L101 does not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall) as in the first to third examples.
  • the outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the restriction mechanism 50b is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first to third examples.
  • the peripheral wall portion 28b of the other supported portion 21b can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the restriction mechanism 60a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30 of the case member 2a.
  • a flat stepped surface formed by bending a portion that faces the outer surface of the mix door 20 and is above the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 to the case member 2b side of the other portion of the case member 2a.
  • the step surface 66 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a.
  • the regulating mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and the mode door 30 of the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • a flat stepped surface 67 is formed. The step surface 67 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32b.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
  • interval L8 exists between the side wall part 32b of the mode door 30, and the level
  • the interval L8 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction. Similar to the first to third examples, an interval L2 exists between the other 21b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there are an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103, as in the second example and the third example.
  • the interval L2 is set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103, and the interval L8 is set smaller than any of the intervals L2, L101, L102, and L103.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
  • the interval L9 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L8. Similar to the first to third examples, a gap L4 exists between the side wall 22a of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there are an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103, as in the second example and the third example. The intervals L9 and L4 are set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103.
  • the distance L8 is equal to the distance L9, and the distances L8, L9 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, L103 is not important).
  • the distance L2 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L2 and L4 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, and L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, and L103 is not important).
  • the interval L8 is greater than the interval L101. Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased.
  • the distance L8 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotational axis direction
  • the distance L101 does not become zero.
  • the distance L2 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
  • the distance L8 is smaller than the distance L2, so that the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Increases and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced.
  • the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • 13 to 23 show a second embodiment of the door holding structure.
  • the first supported portion 21a (one of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 is located outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22a, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward. And one side 21a of the 1st supported part is in bearing hole 41 formed in case member 2a of case member 2a (1st wall) and 2b (2nd wall) which air conditioning case 2 counters. It is rotatably supported and has a cylindrical hole 25.
  • the first supported portion 21b (the other of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 has an air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in the shape of a column toward the outside.
  • the second supported portion 31a (one of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is positioned outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22a. It is formed by extending in the shape of a column toward Further, the second supported portion 31b (the other of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is air-conditioned case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward the outside.
  • the other supported portion 31b of the second supported portion is rotatably supported by a bearing hole 42 formed in the case member 2b of the facing case members 2a and 2b of the air conditioning case 2 and has a cylindrical hole 35. Have.
  • One end 31a of the second supported portion has an outer diameter dimension slightly smaller than the inner diameter size of the cylindrical hole 25 formed in the first supported portion one 21a.
  • One end 31a of the supported portion can be rotatably inserted into the cylindrical hole 25 of the first supported portion 21a.
  • the other end 21b of the first supported portion has an outer diameter that is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the cylindrical hole 35 formed in the other 31b of the second supported portion.
  • the end portion of the other supported portion 21b of the first supported portion can be rotatably inserted into the cylindrical hole 35 of the second supported portion 31b.
  • the dimension in the direction along the rotation axis of one side 21a of the first supported part is formed to be longer than the dimension in the direction along the rotation axis of one side 31a of the second supported part.
  • the inner shape of the cylindrical hole 25 in a range where one of the two supported portions 31a is inserted is formed so that at least the cross section is circular.
  • the dimension of the second supported part in the direction along the rotation axis of the other supported part 31b is longer than the dimension of the other part of the first supported part in the direction of the rotational axis of the other supported part 21b.
  • the inner shape of the cylindrical hole 35 in the range where the other 21b of the first supported portion is inserted is formed so that at least the cross section is circular.
  • the first supported portions 21a and 21b and the supported portions 31a and 31b are brought close to each other.
  • the mixed door 20 and the mode door 30 are made to face each other, and from this state, the supported portions 21a and 21b of the mixed door 20 and the supported portions 31a and 31b of the mode door 30 are arranged in a line along the coaxial line.
  • the doors 20 and 30 are shifted from each other along the rotational axis, and then the mode door 30 is moved so as to overlap the mix door 20 in the axial direction, and one of the second supported parts is moved.
  • 31a is made to approach along the axial direction with respect to one side 21a of the first supported part, and the other 31b of the second supported part is placed along the axial direction with respect to the other side 21b of the first supported part. No. The brought closer to one 31a of the support portion in the first direction and the same direction to be close to one 21a of the supported portion.
  • the one 31a of the second supported part is inserted into the cylindrical hole 25 of the one 21a of the first supported part, that is, the one 21a of the first supported part is inserted into the one 31a of the second supported part.
  • the other 31b of the second supported portion is sheathed on the other 21b of the first supported portion, that is, the other 21b of the first supported portion is the other 31b of the second supported portion.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are temporarily assembled so as to be rotatable on the same axis by being inserted into the cylindrical hole 35 having the same.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are brought closer to the case member 2a, 2b in the state of being divided into left and right from the rotation axis direction, and the first supported portion 21a is moved to the case member. 2a is inserted into the bearing hole 41, the other 31b of the second supported portion is inserted into the bearing hole 42 of the other 2b of the first case member, and the case members 2a and 2b are combined to form the air conditioning case 2. .
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are illustrated separately for the sake of clarity, but the above operation is performed in a temporarily assembled state.
  • the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b are appropriately configured to restrict the movement of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the supported portions 21 and 31.
  • a first example of the regulation mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and the outer surface of the side wall portion 22 a is on the inner surface of the case member 2 a. It can be contacted.
  • the regulation mechanism 50 b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and extends from the outer surface of the side wall portion 22 b to the case member 2 b.
  • a door extension 51 extending toward the front can be contacted.
  • the door extension portion 51 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other side 21 b of the first supported portion as a center point.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by a case member 2 a (first wall) and a second door 30, and the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a is formed on the inner surface of the case member 2 a.
  • the one-side door extension 61 extending from the case toward the case member 2a can be brought into contact therewith.
  • the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the first supported portion 31 a as the center point.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 b is composed of a case member 2 b (second wall) and a second door 30, and a second member 30 is formed on the inner surface of the case member 2 b.
  • the other-side door extension 62 extending in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis from the other supported portion 31b can be contacted.
  • interval L1 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, there is an interval L1 similar to that in the first embodiment.
  • a gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • the outer surface of the side wall part 22b of the mix door 20 and the 2nd supported part of the mode door 30 other than the space
  • the interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
  • the mix door 20 first door
  • the mode door 30 second door
  • the case member 2a first wall
  • the case member 2b second wall
  • the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is simplified for the intervals L3, L4, L102, and L103.
  • the distance L1 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L1 and L3 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
  • the distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
  • the interval L10 is the interval L102. Since it is smaller than any of the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20 even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L1. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the interval L3 is the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, the interval Since it is smaller than any of L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 do not become zero.
  • the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L3.
  • the intervals L102, L103, L105, L106 All of them shrink, but the interval L3 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, so the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first example of the present embodiment.
  • the outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the regulating mechanism 50 b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 b (second wall) as in the first example of the present embodiment.
  • the door extension 51 extending from the outer surface of the side wall 22b toward the case member 2b can be brought into contact therewith.
  • the door extension portion 51 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other side 21 b of the first supported portion as a center point.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 a is composed of a case member 2 a (first wall) and a second door 30 as in the first example of the present embodiment.
  • the one side door extension part 61 extended from the outer surface of the side wall part 32a toward the case member 2a can contact
  • the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31 a of the second supported portion.
  • the regulation mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and is formed from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b to the case member 2 b.
  • the other side door extending portion 63 extending toward the inner side can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the other side door extension 63 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other end 31 b of the second supported portion as the center point.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below.
  • the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof will be simplified.
  • an interval L5 similar to that in the first embodiment exists between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b.
  • a gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • the outer surface of the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided.
  • an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist.
  • the interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
  • the distance L5 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L5 and L3 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
  • the distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
  • the first of the second embodiment when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 16), the first of the second embodiment.
  • the interval L10 is smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L5, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are the same as the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, and L105, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the interval L3 is set as in the first example of the second embodiment. Since it is smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L3.
  • the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mode door 30 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L3 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first example and the second example of the present embodiment. Therefore, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the regulating mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first example and the second example of this embodiment.
  • the door extension part 51 extended from the outer surface of the side wall part 22b toward the case member 2b can be contacted.
  • the door extension 51 is an arc extending along the circumferential direction centering on the other side 21b of the first supported portion, as in FIG. 15 of the first example and FIG. 18 of the second example. It has a shape.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and faces the second door 30 from the inner surface of the case member 2 a.
  • the one side wall extending portion 64 extending so as to be able to abut on the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a of the second door 30.
  • the side wall extending portion 64 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 41 as the center point, as shown in FIG.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the second door 30 is formed from the inner surface of the case member 2 b.
  • the other side wall extending portion 65 extending toward the side can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b of the second door 30.
  • the other side wall extension 65 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 42 as the center point, as shown in FIG.
  • an interval L6 similar to that in the first embodiment exists between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b.
  • a gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • the outer surface of the side wall 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided.
  • an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist.
  • the interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is simplified for the intervals L7, L4, L102, and L103.
  • an interval L7 similar to that in the first embodiment
  • An interval L4 similar to that in the first embodiment exists.
  • the outer surface of the side wall 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided.
  • an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist.
  • the interval L7 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
  • the interval L6 is equal to the interval L7, and the intervals L6 and L7 are smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the size between the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 is not important).
  • the distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
  • the first of the second embodiment when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 19), the first of the second embodiment.
  • the interval L10 is smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 abut in the direction along the rotation axis. There is nothing.
  • the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20 even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L6. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are the same as the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, and L105, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the interval L7 is the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, the interval Since it is smaller than L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 do not become zero.
  • the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L7.
  • the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mode door 30 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L7 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50a includes the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall) as in the first to third examples of the present embodiment. Therefore, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the restriction mechanism 50b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first to third examples of the present embodiment.
  • the door extension 51 extending from the outer surface of the side wall 22b toward the case member 2b can be brought into contact.
  • the door extension 51 is an arc extending along the circumferential direction with the other side 21b of the first supported portion as the center point, as in FIG. 15 of the first example and FIG. 18 of the second example. It has a shape.
  • the restriction mechanism 60a includes the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30 in the case member 2a.
  • a flat stepped surface formed by bending a portion that faces the outer surface of the mix door 20 and is above the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 to the case member 2b side of the other portion of the case member 2a. 66. And this level
  • the restriction mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and the mode door 30 of the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, with the intervals L8, L102, and L103 being the same as those in the first embodiment.
  • a gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • the outer surface of the side wall 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided.
  • an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist.
  • the interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
  • an interval L9 similar to that in the first embodiment
  • An interval L4 similar to that in the first embodiment exists.
  • the outer surface of the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided.
  • an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist.
  • the interval L9 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106.
  • the distance L8 is equal to the distance L9, and the distances L8 and L9 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the size between the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 is not important).
  • the distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
  • the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20 even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L8. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are the same as the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, and L105, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the interval L9 is the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, the interval Since it is smaller than L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L9.
  • the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mode door 30 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L9 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the first supported portion 21a (one of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 faces the outside of the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22a, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape. And one side 21a of the 1st supported part is in bearing hole 41 formed in case member 2a of case member 2a (1st wall) and 2b (2nd wall) which air conditioning case 2 counters. It is rotatably supported and has a cylindrical hole 25. Further, the first supported portion 21b (the other of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 is placed on the outer side of the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape. The other 21b of the first supported portion is rotatably supported by a bearing hole 42 formed in the case member 2b of the case members 2a and 2b facing the air conditioning case 2 and the cylindrical hole 26. It has become.
  • the cylindrical holes 25 and 26 have a circular shape when viewed from the axial direction, and the inner diameter thereof is larger than the maximum width of the mode door 30 described below, and the supported portions 21a and 21b It has slit parts 29 and 30 that extend in the direction along the axis of the support parts 21a and 21b and communicate with the cylindrical holes 25 and 26.
  • the width in the direction along the circumferential direction of the supported portions 21a and 21b of the slit portion 29 (the direction intersecting the direction along the axis) is reduced by the second supported portions 31a and 31b of the mode door 30 described below. It is slightly larger than the shortest width dimension of the width portions 36 and 37.
  • the second supported portion 31a. , 31b can be rotated within the cylindrical holes 25, 26.
  • the second supported portion 31a (one of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 faces the outside of the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32a, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending.
  • One of the second supported parts 31a is a thin plate-like reduced width part 36 at least in a required range from the side wall part 32a.
  • the second supported portion 31b (the other of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is placed on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32b to the outside of the air conditioning case 2 as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending towards.
  • the other 31b of the second supported portion is a thin plate-like reduced width portion 37 at least in the required range from the side wall portion 32b.
  • the reduced width portions 36 and 37 extend from the side wall portion 32a or 32b with the relatively wide side surfaces inclined.
  • the first supported portions 21a and 21b and the second supported are opposed to each other with the portions 31a and 31b being close to each other.
  • the shortest width portion is aligned with the slit portion 29 of the first supported portions 21a and 21b, and the reduced width portions 36 and 37 of the second supported portions 31a and 31b are moved from the slit portion 29 to the first supported portion 21a.
  • the reduced width portions 36 and 37 are rotated within the cylindrical holes 25 and 26, as shown in FIGS. 26 (b) and 29 (b).
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are temporarily assembled.
  • the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are brought closer to the rotation axis along the case members 2a and 2b that are divided into the left and right sides.
  • One side 21a of the supported part is inserted into the bearing hole 41 of the case member 2a
  • the other part 31b of the second supported part is inserted into the bearing hole 42 of the case member 2b
  • the case members 2a and 2b are combined to form the air conditioning case 2.
  • the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b are appropriately configured to restrict the movement of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the supported portions 21 and 31.
  • a first example of the restriction mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the restriction mechanism 50a is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member of the first supported portion 21a. It has the one side door extension part 52 extended from the end side site
  • the restricting mechanism 60a is composed of the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the first of the end portions of one end 31a of the second supported portion is outside the case member 2a.
  • a part (extension part 68a) extending from a part protruding further outward than one side 21a of one supported part to a radially outer side (in the radial direction upper side in this embodiment) of one side 31a of the second supported part
  • a hook-like one-side door extension 68 comprising an extension part 68b extending from the extension part 68a toward the case member 2a. And this one side door extension part 68 can contact
  • the regulation mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and is outside the case member 2b in the end side portion of the other 31b of the second supported portion.
  • the portion (extension portion) extending from the portion protruding further outward than the other 21b of the first supported portion to the radially outer side (in the radial direction upper side in this embodiment) of the other 31b of the second supported portion.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2b (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the interval L102 and the first and second embodiments, and the same intervals as in the second embodiment are the same as the interval L105 and the second embodiment.
  • the same reference numerals are used to simplify the description.
  • a space L11 exists between the other side door extension 69 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the outer surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L11 is a movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis.
  • a gap L12 exists between the other side door extension 53 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the outer surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L12 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • the distance L102 similar to the first and second embodiments, the same distance L105 as the second embodiment, and the other 31b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 and the mode
  • the interval L11 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L1105, the interval L1107, and the interval L108.
  • the interval L12 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L105, the interval L107, and the interval L108.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2b (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the interval L102 and the first and second embodiments, and the same intervals as in the second embodiment are the same as the interval L105 and the second embodiment.
  • the same reference numerals are used to simplify the description.
  • a space L13 exists between the one side door extension 68 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the outer surface of the case member 2a.
  • the interval L13 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L11.
  • a gap L14 exists between the one-side door extension 52 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the outer surface of the case member 2a.
  • the interval L14 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L12.
  • the distance L102 similar to the first and second embodiments, the same distance L105 as the second embodiment, and the other 31b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 and the mode
  • the interval L13 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L1105, the interval L1107, and the interval L108.
  • the interval L14 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L105, the interval L107, and the interval L108.
  • the interval L11 is equal to the interval L13, and the intervals L11 and L13 are smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 (the size between the intervals L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 is not important). It is in.
  • the distance L12 is equal to the distance L14, and the distances L12 and L14 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 are irrelevant). .
  • the interval L11 is the interval L102. Since the distance L12 is smaller than the distance L107 and the distance L12 is smaller than the distance L105 and the distance L108, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L102 and the interval L107 are reduced, and the interval L105 and the interval L108 are increased.
  • the distance L11 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distances L102 and L107 do not become zero.
  • the distance L12 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L105 and the distance L108, the distance L105 and the distance L108 do not become zero.
  • the distance L11 is smaller than the distance L12. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L102
  • the interval L107 is widened, and the interval L105 and the interval L108 are shortened.
  • the distance L12 is smaller than the distance L105 and the distance L108, the distance L105 and the distance L108 do not become zero.
  • the interval L13 is smaller than the intervals L105 and L108, and the interval L14 Is smaller than the interval L102 and the interval L107, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L105 and the interval L108 are reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L107 are increased.
  • the distance L13 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distances L105 and L108 do not become zero.
  • the distance L14 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102, the distances L102 and L107 do not become zero.
  • the distance L13 is smaller than the distance L14.
  • the interval L108 is widened, and the interval L102 and the interval L107 are shortened.
  • the distance L14 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L107, the distance L102 and the distance L107 do not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50a includes the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall). It can be contacted.
  • the restriction mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall). It is possible to contact the inner surface.
  • the restriction mechanism 60a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a toward the case member 2a.
  • the extended one-side door extension 61 can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31a of the second supported portion.
  • the restriction mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and from the outer surface of the side wall 32b to the case member 2b.
  • the other-side door extension 63 extending toward the inner side of the case member 2b can be brought into contact therewith.
  • the other side door extension portion 63 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other end 31b of the second supported portion as a center point.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the dimensional relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below.
  • the intervals similar to those in the first and second embodiments are given the same reference numerals as the intervals L5 and L102, and the first and second embodiments, and the intervals similar to the second embodiment are the intervals L105 and The same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are assigned to simplify the description.
  • interval L5 Similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists.
  • interval L15 exists between the side wall part 22b of the mix door 20 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L15 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment.
  • the interval L5 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L15 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
  • an interval L3 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a. Further, a gap L4 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mix door 20 (first door) and the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L3 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L4 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
  • the distance L5 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L5 and L3 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
  • the distance L15 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L15 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
  • the interval L5 is greater than the interval L105. Since the distance L15 is smaller than the distance L102, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L105 is reduced and the interval L102 is increased.
  • the distance L5 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the distance L105 does not become zero.
  • the interval L105 widens and the interval L102 shrinks.
  • the interval L15 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the interval L102 does not become zero.
  • the distance L5 is smaller than the distance L15. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than that of the mix door 20, and the distance L105 Increases and the interval L102 decreases. Here, since the interval L15 is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L102 does not become zero.
  • the interval L3 is smaller than the interval L102, and the interval L4 is the interval. Since it is smaller than L105, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L102 is reduced and the interval L105 is increased.
  • the distance L3 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L102 does not become zero.
  • the interval L4 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the interval L105 does not become zero.
  • the distance L3 is smaller than the distance L4.
  • Increases and the interval L105 decreases.
  • the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the second example of the present embodiment.
  • the outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the regulating mechanism 50b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall), as in the second example of the present embodiment.
  • the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can contact the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and faces the second door 30 from the inner surface of the case member 2 a.
  • the one side wall extending portion 64 extending so as to be able to abut on the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a of the second door 30.
  • the side wall extending portion 64 is not particularly illustrated, but has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 41 as the center point, similarly to the one side wall extending portion 64 shown in FIG. ing. Further, as shown in FIGS.
  • the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the second door 30 extends from the inner surface of the case member 2 b.
  • the other side wall extending portion 65 extending toward the side can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b of the second door 30.
  • the other side wall extending portion 65 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 42 as the center point, similarly to the other side wall extending portion 65 shown in FIG. ing.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the dimensional relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below.
  • the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the first and second embodiments, and the same interval as that of the first and second embodiments.
  • the same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are assigned to simplify the description.
  • an interval L6 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b. Further, a gap L15 exists between the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L15 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L6 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L15 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
  • an interval L7 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a. Further, a gap L4 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mix door 20 (first door) and the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L7 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L4 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
  • the distance L6 is equal to the distance L7, and the distances L6 and L7 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
  • the distance L15 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L15 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
  • the interval L6 is greater than the interval L105. Since the distance L15 is smaller than the distance L102, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L105 is reduced and the interval L102 is increased.
  • the interval L6 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the interval L105 does not become zero.
  • the interval L15 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the interval L102 does not become zero.
  • the distance L6 is smaller than the distance L15.
  • the interval L102 does not become zero.
  • the interval L7 is smaller than the interval L102, and the interval L4 is the interval. Since it is smaller than L105, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L102 is reduced and the interval L105 is increased.
  • the distance L7 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the distance L102 does not become zero.
  • the interval L4 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the interval L105 does not become zero.
  • the distance L7 is smaller than the distance L4.
  • Increases and the interval L105 decreases.
  • the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the extending portions 64 and 65 of the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the restriction mechanism 50a includes the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall) as in the second and third examples of the present embodiment. Therefore, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a.
  • the restriction mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the second and third examples of the present embodiment. Thus, the outer surface of the side wall 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the regulating mechanism 60a includes the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall).
  • the restricting mechanism 60a is configured so that the portion of the case member 2a that faces the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30 and that is above the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 is the other portion of the case member 2a.
  • a flat stepped surface 66 is formed by bending the portion closer to the case member 2b. The stepped surface 66 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall 32a.
  • the restriction mechanism 60b includes the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall).
  • control mechanism 60b opposes the outer surface of the side wall part 32b of the mode door 30 among the inner surfaces of the case member 2b, and is located above the peripheral wall part 28b of the first supported part 21b of the mix door 20.
  • a flat stepped surface 67 is formed by bending the other part of the case member 2b toward the case member 2a, and the stepped surface 67 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall 32b.
  • the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall)
  • the dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below.
  • the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the first and second embodiments, and the same interval as that of the first and second embodiments.
  • the same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are used to simplify the description.
  • interval L8 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists.
  • interval L15 exists between the side wall part 22b of the mix door 20 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b.
  • the interval L15 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction.
  • interval L8 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L15 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
  • an interval L9 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a. Further, a gap L4 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mix door 20 (first door) and the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L9 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L4 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
  • the distance L8 is equal to the distance L9, and the distances L8 and L9 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
  • the distance L15 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L15 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
  • the interval L8 is greater than the interval L105. Since the distance L15 is smaller than the distance L102, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L105 is reduced and the interval L102 is increased.
  • the distance L8 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the distance L105 does not become zero.
  • the interval L105 widens and the interval L102 shrinks.
  • the interval L15 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction
  • the interval L102 does not become zero.
  • the distance L8 is smaller than the distance L15.
  • the interval L102 does not become zero.
  • the interval L9 is smaller than the interval L102, and the interval L4 is the interval. Since it is smaller than L105, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
  • the interval L102 is reduced and the interval L105 is increased.
  • the distance L9 the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction
  • the distance L102 does not become zero.
  • the interval L4 the movement range of the mix door 20 in the direction of the rotation axis
  • the interval L105 does not become zero.
  • the distance L9 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L102 Increases and the interval L105 decreases.
  • the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero.
  • the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the step surfaces 66 and 67 of the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
  • the pair of first supported portions 21a and 21b disposed on the same rotation axis and substantially perpendicular to the supported portions 21a and 21b are provided.
  • a rotary door having a pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b and a closing portion 23 connecting between the pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b
  • a plate door including a supported portion having the same configuration as the supporting portions 21a and 21b and a plate-like portion extending substantially parallel to the axis of the supported portion may be used.
  • the regulation mechanisms 50a and 50b are comprised with the case member 2a or 2b.
  • the pair of first supported portions 31a and 31b disposed on the same rotation axis and the first supported portions 31a and 31b.
  • a rotary door configured to include a pair of side wall portions 32a and 32b extending substantially vertically and a closing portion 33 connecting between the pair of side wall portions 32a and 32b. It is not necessarily limited to this.
  • it may be a plate door including a supported portion having the same configuration as the first supporting portions 31a and 31b and a plate-like portion extending substantially parallel to the axis of the supported portion. .
  • the one side door extension part 61 and the other side door extension part 62 are provided in the surface which faces the supported part and case members 2a and 2b.
  • the one side door extension part 63 and the other side door extension part 64 are appropriately provided, the one side wall extension part 64 and the other side wall extension part 65 are provided on the case members 2a and 2b, and the case members 2a and 2b.
  • the regulation mechanisms 60a and 60b can be configured with the case member 2a or 2b.

Abstract

[Problem] To provide a door holding device for a vehicle air conditioner, the door holding device being configured so that, when a first door and a second door are arranged so as to be rotatable on the same axis, the movement of the second door in the rotation axis direction is limited not by the contact of the second door with the first door but by restriction mechanisms configured from walls and the second door. [Solution] An air conditioner (1) is configured in such a manner that a mix door (20) which is provided with first supported sections (21a, 21b) and a mode door (30) which is provided with second supported sections (31a, 31b) are disposed between the case member (2a) and the case member (2b) of an air conditioner case (2), and in such a manner that the first supported sections (21a, 21b) and the second supported sections (31a, 31b) are rotatable on the same rotation axis. The range of movement of the mix door (20) is restricted by restriction mechanisms (50a, 50b), and the range of movement of the mode door (30) is restricted by a restriction mechanism (60a) which is configured from the mode door (30) and the case member (2a) and by a restriction mechanism (60b) which is configured from the mode door (30) and the case member (2b).

Description

車両用空調装置のドア保持構造及びこれを備えた車両用空調装置Vehicle air conditioner door holding structure and vehicle air conditioner equipped with the same
 この発明は、2つのドアを同軸上で支持するために採用される車両用空調装置のドア保持構造とこのドア保持構造を備えた車両用空調装置とに関する。特に2つのドアの一方のドアの回転の影響を他方のドアが受けるのを防止し、2つのドアのいずれかのドアと壁との隙間を小さく設定することができるドアの移動の規制機構の構造に関する。 The present invention relates to a vehicle air conditioner door holding structure employed for supporting two doors on the same axis, and a vehicle air conditioner equipped with the door holding structure. In particular, a door movement restricting mechanism that can prevent the other door from being affected by the rotation of one of the two doors and can set a small gap between one of the two doors and the wall. Concerning structure.
 車両用空調装置において、2つのドアを同軸上で回転可能に支持する構造として、既に特許文献1に示されるようなドア保持構造が公知となっている。 In a vehicle air conditioner, a door holding structure as already disclosed in Patent Document 1 is already known as a structure that rotatably supports two doors on the same axis.
 この車両用空調装置のドア保持構造を概説すると、2つのドアたる、第1ドアと第2ドアとのそれぞれを、閉塞部(ドア板部)と、閉塞部(ドア板部)の両端側に突出した一対の回転軸部とで構成している。更に、第1ドアの回転軸部にスリット部を設け、第2ドアの回転軸部に径方向の幅を部分的に短くした縮幅部を設けたものとなっている。そして、第2ドアの回転軸部の縮幅部を第1ドアの回転軸部の径方向外側からスリット部に挿入させて、第1ドアと第2ドアとを仮組みした後に、空調ケースの軸受部に第1の回転軸部を挿入することにより、第1ドアと第2ドアとは、車両用空調装置のケースの壁の間に回転可能に配置される。 An outline of the door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner is as follows. The first door and the second door, which are two doors, are respectively connected to the closed portion (door plate portion) and the both ends of the closed portion (door plate portion). It comprises a pair of protruding rotating shaft portions. Furthermore, a slit part is provided in the rotating shaft part of the first door, and a reduced width part in which the radial width is partially shortened is provided in the rotating shaft part of the second door. Then, the reduced width portion of the rotation shaft portion of the second door is inserted into the slit portion from the radially outer side of the rotation shaft portion of the first door, and after temporarily assembling the first door and the second door, By inserting a 1st rotating shaft part in a bearing part, a 1st door and a 2nd door are rotatably arrange | positioned between the walls of the case of a vehicle air conditioner.
 更に、第1ドアと第2ドアとは、所謂ロータリ式のドアである。そして、第1ドアと第2ドアとのそれぞれ閉塞部(ドア板部)の両端側において、回転軸部の径方向に延出するとともに閉塞部(ドア板部)の両端部と連結する側壁部(側板部)を有している。更に、第1ドアの側壁部(側板部)の内側面と第2ドアの側壁部(側板部)の外側面とは対峙している。 Furthermore, the first door and the second door are so-called rotary doors. And the side wall part extended in the radial direction of a rotating shaft part and connected with the both ends of a closure part (door board part) in the both ends of each closure part (door board part) of a 1st door and a 2nd door (Side plate part). Furthermore, the inner side surface of the side wall portion (side plate portion) of the first door and the outer side surface of the side wall portion (side plate portion) of the second door face each other.
特開2011-207307号公報JP 2011-207307 A
 ここで、特許文献1の第1ドアの構成は、第1ドアが回転軸部の軸線方向に移動可能となるよう、ケースの壁の間と第1ドアの一対の側壁部(側板部)との間に第1の移動範囲が設けられて、第1ドアがケースに挟持されて回転操作を阻害される不具合の防止が図られている。同様に、第2ドアの構成は、第2ドアが回転軸部の軸線方向に移動可能となるよう、第1ドアの一対の側壁部(側板部)と第2ドアの一対の側壁部(側板部)との間に第2の移動範囲が設けられて、第2ドアが第1ドアに挟持されて回転操作を阻害される不具合の防止が図られている。 Here, the structure of the 1st door of patent document 1 is between the wall of a case, and a pair of side wall part (side plate part) of a 1st door so that a 1st door can move to the axial direction of a rotating shaft part. A first movement range is provided between the first door and the first door, and the first door is held by the case, thereby preventing a problem that the rotation operation is hindered. Similarly, the configuration of the second door includes a pair of side wall portions (side plate portions) of the first door and a pair of side wall portions (side plates) of the second door so that the second door can move in the axial direction of the rotating shaft portion. The second movement range is provided between the first door and the second door, and the second door is sandwiched by the first door to prevent the rotation operation from being hindered.
 すなわち第2ドアは、ケースの壁に対して、第1ドアのために設けられた第1の移動範囲に第2ドアのために設けられた第2の移動範囲を加えた移動範囲を加えたかたちで設置されるものである。ケースの壁の間と第2ドアの一対の側壁部(側板部)との間には、大きな隙間が生じている。そして、この大きな隙間は、第2ドアで空調制御を行う場合、漏れた空気の通り道となって空気の漏れ量が増えるので、空調制御の効率が悪化する問題が有った。 That is, the second door has a movement range in which the second movement range provided for the second door is added to the first movement range provided for the first door to the case wall. It is installed in a form. A large gap is generated between the wall of the case and the pair of side wall portions (side plate portions) of the second door. When the air conditioning control is performed with the second door, the large gap becomes a passage for the leaked air, and the amount of air leakage increases, which causes a problem that the efficiency of the air conditioning control deteriorates.
 また、特許文献1の第1ドアおよび第2ドアの構成では、回転軸部の軸線方向において、第1ドアと第2ドアとの接触を防止できておらず、互いの回転動作の影響を受けずに回転位置が制御されるべき第1ドアおよび第2ドアが接触し、回転トルクが増加して、回転制御が悪化するおそれが有った。 Moreover, in the structure of the 1st door and 2nd door of patent document 1, in the axial direction of a rotating shaft part, the contact with a 1st door and a 2nd door cannot be prevented, but it receives to the influence of mutual rotation operation | movement. Therefore, the first door and the second door whose rotational positions are to be controlled are brought into contact with each other, the rotational torque is increased, and the rotational control may be deteriorated.
 そこで、本発明は、第1ドアと第2ドアとが同軸上で回転可能に配置される構成において、ケースの壁の間と第2ドアの側壁部との間に大きな隙間が無く、かつ第2ドアの回転軸線方向の移動の規制を第1ドアとの接触によらない車両用空調装置のドア保持構造及び車両用空調装置を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, the present invention provides a configuration in which the first door and the second door are arranged so as to be rotatable coaxially, and there is no large gap between the wall of the case and the side wall of the second door, and It is an object of the present invention to provide a vehicle air conditioner door holding structure and a vehicle air conditioner that do not restrict the movement of the two doors in the rotation axis direction by contact with the first door.
 この発明に係る車両用空調装置のドア保持構造は、対をなす第1の被支持部を備える第1ドアと、対をなす第2の被支持部を備える第2ドアとを有し、対向する第1の壁と第2の壁との間に前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとが配置される車両用空調装置のドア保持構造であって、前記第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に回転可能に支持され、前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部に回転可能に支持され、前記第1の被支持部の他方と前記第2の被支持部の他方とは、前記第2の壁にそれぞれ回転可能に支持され、又は前記第2の壁に支持された被支持部に回転可能に支持され、前記第1の被支持部と前記第2の被支持部とは、同じ回転軸線上で回転可能であり、前記回転軸線に沿う方向への前記第1ドアの移動は、前記第1ドアが、前記第1の壁と当接すること及び前記第2の壁と当接することにより規制されるドア保持構造において、前記第2ドアと前記第1の壁とで第1の規制機構を構成し、前記第2ドアと前記第2の壁とで第2の規制機構を構成し、 前記回転軸線に沿う方向への前記第2ドアの移動は、前記第1の規制機構と前記第2の規制機構とにより規制されることを特徴としている(請求項1)。ここで、第1ドアは、例えばミックスドアであり、第2ドアは、例えばモードドアである。 The door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to the present invention includes a first door including a pair of first supported portions and a second door including a pair of second supported portions. A door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner in which the first door and the second door are arranged between a first wall and a second wall, wherein one of the first supported parts is The second supported portion is rotatably supported by the first wall, and the second supported portion is rotatably supported by the first supported portion, and the other of the first supported portion and the first supported portion. The other of the two supported parts is rotatably supported by the second wall, or is rotatably supported by the supported part supported by the second wall, and the first supported part. And the second supported portion are rotatable on the same rotation axis, and the movement of the first door in the direction along the rotation axis is the first In a door holding structure in which a door is regulated by abutting against the first wall and abutting against the second wall, the first regulating mechanism is constituted by the second door and the first wall. The second door and the second wall constitute a second restriction mechanism, and the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is the first restriction mechanism and the second wall It is characterized by being regulated by a regulation mechanism (claim 1). Here, the first door is, for example, a mix door, and the second door is, for example, a mode door.
 これにより、回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、第1及び第2の規制機構を介して、第1の壁及び第2の壁により規制されるので、回転軸線に沿う方向に移動可能な第1ドアを用いて規制する必要がなく、第2ドアの移動範囲を小さくすることができる。このため、第1の壁と第2ドアとの隙間及び第2の壁と第2ドアとの隙間を小さく設定することができるので、これらの隙間を通過する空気の漏れ量を抑制することが可能となる。また、第1ドア及び第2ドアの回転軸線に沿う方向の移動は、それぞれ第1の壁及び第2の壁で規制されるので、第1ドアと第2ドアとが回転軸線に沿う方向で接触することがない。このため、第1ドア及び第2ドアの双方について、相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けないようにすることができ、ドア位置の制御の独立性を向上させることが可能となる。 Thereby, the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is regulated by the first wall and the second wall via the first and second regulating mechanisms, and therefore in the direction along the rotation axis. There is no need to regulate using the movable first door, and the movement range of the second door can be reduced. For this reason, since the clearance gap between the 1st wall and the 2nd door and the clearance gap between the 2nd wall and the 2nd door can be set small, the amount of leakage of the air which passes through these clearance gaps can be controlled. It becomes possible. In addition, the movement of the first door and the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is restricted by the first wall and the second wall, respectively, so that the first door and the second door are in the direction along the rotation axis. There is no contact. For this reason, both the first door and the second door can be prevented from being affected by the rotation of the counterpart door, and the independence of the door position control can be improved.
 この発明の第1例として、前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、前記第2ドアから延出して前記第1の壁と当接することが可能な一方側ドア延出部と、前記第1の壁とで構成する第1の規制機構と、前記第2ドアから延出して前記第2の壁と当接することが可能な他方側ドア延出部と、前記第2の壁とで構成する第2の規制機構との、少なくともいずれかにより規制されることを特徴としている(請求項2)。 As a first example of the present invention, the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis includes a one-side door extension portion that extends from the second door and can abut on the first wall. A first restricting mechanism constituted by the first wall, the other side door extending portion that extends from the second door and can come into contact with the second wall, and the second wall It is characterized by being restricted by at least one of the 2nd regulation mechanism comprised by these (Claim 2).
 これにより、ドア延出部が用いられた規制機構では、規制機構自体が第2ドアの回転に応じて回転移動するので、回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動範囲の規制を安定して行うことができる。 As a result, in the restriction mechanism using the door extension portion, the restriction mechanism itself rotates and moves according to the rotation of the second door, so that the restriction of the movement range of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is stabilized. Can be done.
 前記第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に支持され、前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、少なくとも、前記他方側ドア延出部と、前記第2の壁とで構成する前記第2の規制機構により規制され、前記他方側ドア延出部は、前記第2の被支持部の他方から前記回転軸線に対して略垂直方向に延びたことを特徴としている(請求項3)。 The other of the second supported parts is supported by the second wall, and the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is at least the other side door extension part and the second part. The second door extending portion is restricted by the second restricting mechanism configured with a wall, and the other side door extending portion extends in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis from the other of the second supported portions. (Claim 3).
 第2のドアの延出部を、第2の壁に支持された第2の被支持部の他方から延びるように設けたので、第2のドアの延出部を、第2ドアの回転中心の近くに配置することができる。このため、第2のドアの回転軸線に沿う方向の移動が第2の規制機構によって規制されたときでも、第2のドアの回転方向に対する回転トルクの影響を抑制することができる。 Since the extension part of the second door is provided so as to extend from the other of the second supported parts supported by the second wall, the extension part of the second door is set to the center of rotation of the second door. Can be placed near. For this reason, even when the movement in the direction along the rotation axis of the second door is restricted by the second restriction mechanism, the influence of the rotational torque on the rotation direction of the second door can be suppressed.
 この発明の第2例として、前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、前記第2ドアと、前記第1の壁から延出して前記第2ドアと当接することが可能な一方側壁延出部とで構成する第1の規制機構と、前記第2ドアと、前記第2の壁から延出して前記第2ドアと当接することが可能な他方側壁延出部とで構成する第2の規制機構と、の少なくともいずれかにより規制されることを特徴としている(請求項4)。 As a second example of the present invention, the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is capable of extending from the second door and the first wall and coming into contact with the second door. A first restricting mechanism configured with a side wall extending portion, the second door, and a second side wall extending portion that extends from the second wall and can come into contact with the second door. It is characterized by being regulated by at least one of the second regulation mechanism (claim 4).
 壁延出部を設けた規制機構では、第2ドアに延出部を設ける必要が無いので、第2ドアの生産性を向上させることができる。 In the regulation mechanism provided with the wall extending portion, it is not necessary to provide the extending portion on the second door, so that the productivity of the second door can be improved.
 この発明の第3例として、前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、前記第2ドアと、前記第1の壁のうち、前記第1ドアと対向する面よりも前記第2の壁に近接する一方側段差面とで構成する第1の規制機構と、前記第2ドアと、前記第2の壁のうち、前記第1ドアと対向する面よりも前記第1の壁に近接する他方側段差面とで構成する第2の規制機構と、の少なくともいずれかにより規制されることを特徴としている(請求項5)。 As a third example of the present invention, the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is the second door and the second wall of the first wall that is more than the surface facing the first door. The first regulating mechanism configured with a step surface on one side close to the wall of the first door, the second door, and the second wall of the second wall that is closer to the first wall than the surface facing the first door. It is characterized by being restricted by at least one of a second restricting mechanism constituted by the adjacent other side step surface (Claim 5).
 段差面が用いられた規制機構では、第2ドアに延出部を設ける必要が無いので、第2ドアの生産性を向上させることができる。また、壁と第2ドアとが近接し隙間が狭くなるので、これらの隙間を通過する空気の漏れ量を抑制することが可能となり、空調制御の精度を向上させることができる。 In the regulation mechanism using the stepped surface, it is not necessary to provide an extension part on the second door, so the productivity of the second door can be improved. Further, since the wall and the second door are close to each other and the gap is narrowed, it is possible to suppress the amount of air leaking through these gaps, and to improve the accuracy of air conditioning control.
 この発明に係る車両用空調装置のドア保持構造の実施例1として、前記対をなす第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に形成された第1の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、前記対をなす第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、前記第1の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成されたドア支持部に支持され、前記第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、前記第2の被支持部の他方が挿通可能なスリット部を備え、前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部の一方の内径側又は外径側に回転可能に支持されていることを特徴としている(請求項6)。 As Example 1 of the door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner according to the present invention, one of the paired first supported portions is rotatable in a first bearing hole formed in the first wall. The other supported second pair of supported parts is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and the other of the first supported parts is Supported by a door support portion formed on the second wall, is rotatable about an axis of the second bearing hole, and includes a slit portion through which the other of the second supported portions can be inserted, One of the second supported parts is rotatably supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part (Claim 6).
 対をなす第1の被支持部を備えた第1ドアと、対をなす第2の被支持部を備えた第2ドアとを同じ回転軸線上で支持するにあたり、第2の被支持部の他方を、第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持し、第1の被支持部の他方を、第2の壁に形成されたドア支持部に支持するようにしている。このため、それぞれのドアの被支持部は、第2の壁に対して異なる箇所で支持されており、一方のドアに寸法バラツキや僅かな撓みが生じた場合でも、それぞれのドアの回転摺動性に影響を与えることがなくなり、円滑なドアの回転を確保して品質を安定させることが可能となる。 In supporting the first door having the first supported portion forming a pair and the second door having the second supported portion forming the pair on the same rotation axis, the second door The other is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and the other of the first supported parts is supported by a door support part formed in the second wall. Yes. For this reason, the supported parts of the respective doors are supported at different positions with respect to the second wall, and even when one of the doors has a dimensional variation or a slight deflection, the respective doors rotate and slide. It is possible to stabilize the quality by ensuring smooth door rotation.
 この発明に係る車両用空調装置のドア保持構造の実施例2として、前記第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に形成された第1の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、前記第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部の一方に前記第1の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って支持され、前記第1の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、前記第1の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の被支持部の他方に前記第2の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って支持され、前記第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であることを特徴としている(請求項7)。 As Example 2 of the door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner according to the present invention, one of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by a first bearing hole formed in the first wall, The other of the second supported portions is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and one of the second supported portions is the first supported portion. Is supported along a perpendicular line from the first bearing hole, is rotatable about the axis of the first bearing hole, and the other of the first supported parts is the second supported part. The second support hole is supported along the perpendicular from the second bearing hole, and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole (Claim 7).
 対をなす第1の被支持部を備えた第1ドアと、対をなす第2の被支持部を備えた第2ドアとを同軸上で支持するにあたり、第2の被支持部の一方を第1の被支持部の一方に第1の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って回転可能に支持し、第1の被支持部の他方を、第2の被支持部の他方に第2の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って回転可能に支持するようにしている。このため、第1ドアと第2ドアとの仮組み時に、被支持部の径方向の外側から他の被支持部を挿入する必要がなく、それぞれの被支持部に径方向から力が加わることがなくなる。よって、被支持部が径方向に撓むことを防止することが可能となり、ドアの円滑な回転が阻害されることがなくなる。 In supporting the first door having the first supported portion forming a pair and the second door having the second supported portion forming the pair on one axis, one of the second supported portions is supported. One of the first supported portions is rotatably supported along a perpendicular line from the first bearing hole, and the other of the first supported portions is supported on the other of the second supported portions. It supports so that it can rotate along the perpendicular from. For this reason, when temporarily assembling the first door and the second door, it is not necessary to insert another supported portion from the outside in the radial direction of the supported portion, and force is applied to each supported portion from the radial direction. Disappears. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the supported portion from being bent in the radial direction, and the smooth rotation of the door is not hindered.
 この発明に係る車両用空調装置のドア保持構造の実施例3として、前記第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に形成された第1の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、前記第1の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部の一方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、前記第1の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、前記第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第1の被支持部の他方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、前記第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であることを特徴としている(請求項8)。ここで、第2の被支持部の一方は、第1の壁に形成された第1の軸受孔を貫通したものとしても、貫通しないものとしても良く、第2の被支持部の他方は、第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔を貫通したものとしても、貫通しないものとしても良い。 As Example 3 of the door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner according to the present invention, one of the first supported portions is rotatably supported by a first bearing hole formed in the first wall, The other of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and one of the second supported parts is the first supported part. Is supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first bearing hole and is rotatable about the axis of the first bearing hole. The other of the second supported parts is the other of the first supported parts. Is supported on the inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the second bearing hole, and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole (claim 8). Here, one of the second supported parts may or may not penetrate the first bearing hole formed in the first wall, and the other of the second supported parts may be Even if it penetrates the 2nd bearing hole formed in the 2nd wall, it is good also as what does not penetrate.
 このように、ドア保持構造について、第2の被支持部の一方は、第1の被支持部の一方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、第1の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、第2の被支持部の他方は、第1の被支持部の他方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能である構成を採っている場合でも、第2のドアの移動範囲は、第1及び第2の規制機構を介して、第1の壁及び第2の壁に当接することより規制することができる。また、第1の規制機構及び第2の規制機構によって、第1のドアと第2ドアとが被支持部の回転軸線に沿う方向で接触することを防止できる。 As described above, in the door holding structure, one of the second supported portions is supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported portion, and rotates about the axis of the first bearing hole. The other of the second supported parts is supported on the other inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole. Even when it is adopted, the movement range of the second door can be restricted by contacting the first wall and the second wall via the first and second restriction mechanisms. Moreover, it can prevent that a 1st door and a 2nd door contact in the direction in alignment with the rotating shaft line of a to-be-supported part by a 1st control mechanism and a 2nd control mechanism.
 ここで、この発明に係る車両用空調装置のドア保持構造では、前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとは、それぞれの被支持部に対して略垂直に延設される一対の側壁部と、この一対の側壁部の間を繋ぐ閉塞部とを有して構成されるロータリ式ドアであっても良い(請求項9)。また、前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとは、それぞれの被支持部の軸線に対して略平行に延設された板状部を備える板ドアであっても良い(請求項10)。 Here, in the door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to the present invention, the first door and the second door include a pair of side wall portions extending substantially perpendicular to the respective supported portions, A rotary door configured to include a closing portion that connects between the pair of side wall portions may be used (claim 9). Further, the first door and the second door may be a plate door provided with a plate-like portion extending substantially parallel to the axis of each supported portion (claim 10).
 そして、前記ドア保持構造が用いられる車両用空調装置では、前記第1の壁と前記第2の壁とは、空気流路が内部に形成された空調ケースの一部であり、前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとは、前記空気流路に配されていることを特徴としている(請求項11)。 In the vehicle air conditioner in which the door holding structure is used, the first wall and the second wall are part of an air conditioning case in which an air flow path is formed, and the first door And the second door are arranged in the air flow path (claim 11).
 第1の壁、第2の壁及び第1ドア、第2ドアについてこの様な構成とすることにより、車両用空調装置に前記請求項1から請求項8に記載のドア保持構造を採用することが可能となる。 By adopting such a configuration for the first wall, the second wall, the first door, and the second door, the door holding structure according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is employed in the vehicle air conditioner. Is possible.
 以上のように、請求項1から請求項11に記載の発明によれば、回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動を、第1及び第2の規制機構を介して、第1の壁及び第2の壁により規制することができる。このため、回転軸線に沿う方向に移動可能な第1ドアを用いて規制する必要がなく、第2ドアの移動範囲を小さくすることができる。よって、第2ドアと第1の壁との隙間及び第2ドアと第2の壁との隙間を小さく設定することができるので、これらの隙間を通過する空気の漏れ量を抑制することが可能となる。 As described above, according to the first to eleventh aspects of the present invention, the movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is caused by the first wall via the first and second restriction mechanisms. And can be regulated by the second wall. For this reason, it is not necessary to regulate using the 1st door which can move to the direction which follows a rotation axis, and the movement range of the 2nd door can be made small. Therefore, since the gap between the second door and the first wall and the gap between the second door and the second wall can be set small, it is possible to suppress the amount of air leaking through these gaps. It becomes.
 また、請求項1から請求項11に記載の発明によれば、第1ドア及び第2ドアの回転軸線に沿う方向の移動を、それぞれ第1の壁及び第2の壁で規制することができる。このため、第1ドアと第2ドアとが回転軸線に沿う方向で接触することがなく、相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けないようにすることができ、ドア位置の制御の独立性を向上させることが可能となる。 Moreover, according to invention of Claim 1-11, the movement of the direction along the rotating shaft line of a 1st door and a 2nd door can be controlled with a 1st wall and a 2nd wall, respectively. . For this reason, the first door and the second door do not come into contact with each other in the direction along the rotation axis, and can be prevented from being affected by the rotation of the counterpart door, thereby improving the independence of the door position control. It becomes possible to make it.
特に請求項2に記載の発明によれば、規制機構はドア延出部が用いられたものとなるため、規制機構自体が第2ドアの回転に応じて回転移動するので、回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動範囲の規制を安定して行うことができる。 In particular, according to the second aspect of the invention, since the regulating mechanism uses the door extension portion, the regulating mechanism itself rotates and moves in accordance with the rotation of the second door. The movement range of the second door can be regulated stably.
 特に請求項3に記載の発明によれば、第2のドアの延出部を、第2の壁に支持された第2の被支持部の他方から延びるように設けている。このため、第2のドアの延出部を、第2ドアの回転中心の近くに配置することができ、第2のドアの回転軸線に沿う方向の移動が第2の規制機構によって規制されたときでも、第2のドアの回転方向に対する回転トルクの影響を抑制することができる。 Particularly, according to the invention described in claim 3, the extending portion of the second door is provided so as to extend from the other of the second supported portions supported by the second wall. For this reason, the extension part of the 2nd door can be arranged near the rotation center of the 2nd door, and the movement of the direction along the axis of rotation of the 2nd door was regulated by the 2nd regulation mechanism. Sometimes, the influence of the rotational torque on the rotational direction of the second door can be suppressed.
 特に請求項4に記載の発明によれば、規制機構は壁延出部を設けた構成となるため、第2ドアに延出部を設ける必要が無いので、第2ドアの生産性を向上させることができる。 In particular, according to the invention described in claim 4, since the restriction mechanism has a configuration in which the wall extending portion is provided, it is not necessary to provide the extending portion on the second door, so that the productivity of the second door is improved. be able to.
 特に請求項5に記載の発明によれば、段差面が用いられた規制機構では、第2ドアに延出部を設ける必要が無いので、第2ドアの生産性を向上させることができる。また、壁と第2ドアとが近接し隙間が狭くなるので、これらの隙間を通過する空気の漏れ量を抑制することが可能となり、空調制御の精度を向上させることができる。 In particular, according to the invention described in claim 5, since it is not necessary to provide the extension portion on the second door in the regulation mechanism using the step surface, the productivity of the second door can be improved. Further, since the wall and the second door are close to each other and the gap is narrowed, it is possible to suppress the amount of air leaking through these gaps, and to improve the accuracy of air conditioning control.
 特に請求項6に記載の発明によれば、対をなす第1の被支持部を備えた第1ドアと、対をなす第2の被支持部を備えた第2ドアとを同じ回転軸線上で支持するにあたり、第2の被支持部の他方を、第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持し、第1の被支持部の他方を、第2の壁に形成されたドア支持部に支持するようにしている。このため、それぞれのドアの被支持部は、第2の壁に対して異なる箇所で支持されており、一方のドアに寸法バラツキや僅かな撓みが生じた場合でも、それぞれのドアの回転摺動性に影響を与えることがなくなり、円滑なドアの回転を確保して品質を安定させることが可能となる。 In particular, according to the sixth aspect of the present invention, the first door having the first supported portion that makes a pair and the second door having the second supported portion that makes the pair are arranged on the same rotational axis. In supporting, the other of the second supported portions is rotatably supported in a second bearing hole formed in the second wall, and the other of the first supported portions is supported on the second wall. The door is supported by the formed door support. For this reason, the supported parts of the respective doors are supported at different locations with respect to the second wall, and even if one of the doors has a dimensional variation or slight deflection, the respective doors rotate and slide. It is possible to stabilize the quality by ensuring smooth door rotation.
 特に請求項7に記載の発明によれば、対をなす第1の被支持部を備えた第1ドアと、対をなす第2の被支持部を備えた第2ドアとを同軸上で支持するにあたり、第2の被支持部の一方を第1の被支持部の一方に第1の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って回転可能に支持し、第1の被支持部の他方を、第2の被支持部の他方に第2の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って回転可能に支持するようにしている。このため、第1ドアと第2ドアとの仮組み時に、被支持部の径方向の外側から他の被支持部を挿入する必要がなく、それぞれの被支持部に径方向から力が加わることがなくなる。よって、被支持部が径方向に撓むことを防止することが可能となり、ドアの円滑な回転が阻害されることがなくなる。 In particular, according to the seventh aspect of the present invention, the first door having the first supported portion that makes a pair and the second door having the second supported portion that makes the pair are coaxially supported. In doing so, one of the second supported parts is supported by one of the first supported parts so as to be rotatable along a perpendicular line from the first bearing hole, and the other of the first supported parts is secondly supported. The other supported portion is supported so as to be rotatable along a perpendicular line from the second bearing hole. For this reason, when temporarily assembling the first door and the second door, it is not necessary to insert another supported portion from the outside in the radial direction of the supported portion, and force is applied to each supported portion from the radial direction. Disappears. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the supported portion from being bent in the radial direction, and the smooth rotation of the door is not hindered.
 特に請求項8に記載の発明のように、ドア保持構造について、第2の被支持部の一方は、第1の被支持部の一方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、第1の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、第2の被支持部の他方は、第1の被支持部の他方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能である構成を採っている場合でも、第2のドアの移動範囲は、第1及び第2の規制機構を介して、第1の壁及び第2の壁に当接することより規制することができる。また、第1の規制機構及び第2の規制機構によって、第1のドアと第2ドアとが被支持部の回転軸線に沿う方向で接触することを防止できる。 In particular, as in the invention according to claim 8, in the door holding structure, one of the second supported parts is supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part, It is rotatable about the axis of the bearing hole, and the other of the second supported parts is supported on the other inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part, and the axis of the second bearing hole is Even when the structure is rotatable as a center, the movement range of the second door is regulated by contacting the first wall and the second wall via the first and second regulating mechanisms. can do. Moreover, it can prevent that a 1st door and a 2nd door contact in the direction in alignment with the rotating shaft line of a to-be-supported part by a 1st control mechanism and a 2nd control mechanism.
 特に請求項11に記載の発明によれば、第1の壁、第2の壁及び第1ドア、第2ドアについてこの様な構成とすることにより、車両用空調装置に前記請求項1から請求項8に記載のドア保持構造を採用することが可能となる。 In particular, according to the invention described in claim 11, the vehicle air conditioner is configured as described above from claim 1 to claim 1 by adopting such a configuration for the first wall, the second wall, the first door, and the second door. It becomes possible to employ | adopt the door holding structure of claim | item 8.
図1は、本発明に係るドア保持構造が用いられる車両用空調装置の全体構成例を示した断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an overall configuration example of a vehicle air conditioner in which a door holding structure according to the present invention is used. 図2は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第1例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、被支持部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、一方側ドア延出部と第1の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention. The second door has one side door extension portion on one side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the support parts, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting. 図3は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第1例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、被支持部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、他方側ドア延出部と第2の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention. The second door has one side door extension portion on one side of the side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the support parts, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact | abutting. 図4は、前記実施例1のうちの第1例を示す説明図であり、図4(a)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを組み付ける前の状態を示す斜視図、図4(b)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを仮組みした状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 4 is an explanatory view showing a first example of the first embodiment, and FIG. 4A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled, and FIG. ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled. 図5は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第2例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、側壁部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、一方側ドア延出部と第1の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side door extension portion on one side wall portion and the side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the part, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting. 図6は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第2例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、側壁部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、他方側ドア延出部と第2の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention. The second door has one side wall extending portion on one side wall portion, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the part, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact | abutting. 図7は、前記実施例1のうちの第2例を示す説明図であり、図7(a)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを組み付ける前の状態を示す斜視図、図7(b)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを仮組みした状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 7 is an explanatory view showing a second example of the first embodiment, and FIG. 7A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled, and FIG. ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled. 図8は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第3例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第1の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に一方側壁延出部が、第2の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に他方側壁延出部が設けられ、一方側壁延出部と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the third example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has one side wall extending portion on the surface facing the second door. The second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extending portion is provided on the surface facing the second door, and that the one side wall extending portion and the second door are in contact with each other. 図9は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第3例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第1の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に一方側壁延出部が、第2の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に他方側壁延出部が設けられ、他方側壁延出部と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the third example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on the surface facing the second door. The second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extension is provided on the surface facing the second door, and the other side wall extension and the second door are in contact with each other. 図10(a)は、前記実施例1のうちの第3例における、第1ドアと第2ドアとのそれぞれの被支持部の一方を示す斜視図であり、図10(b)は、前記実施例1のうちの第3例における、第1ドアと第2ドアとのそれぞれの被支持部の他方を示す斜視図である。FIG. 10A is a perspective view showing one of the supported parts of the first door and the second door in the third example of the first embodiment, and FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the other of each supported part of a 1st door and a 2nd door in the 3rd example of Example 1. FIG. 図11は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第4例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアの側壁部の一方と対向する第1の壁に一方側段差面が、第2ドアの側壁部の他方と対向する第2の壁に他方側段差面が設けられ、一方側段差面と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level | step difference surface is provided in the 2nd wall facing the other side wall part of a 2nd door, and the one side level | step difference surface and the 2nd door contact | abut. 図12は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例1のうちの第4例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアの側壁部の一方と対向する第1の壁に一方側段差面が、第2ドアの側壁部の他方と対向する第2の壁に他方側段差面が設けられ、他方側段差面と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the first embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level | step difference surface is provided in the 2nd wall facing the other side wall part of a 2nd door, and the other side level | step difference surface and the 2nd door contact | abutted. 図13は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第1例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、被支持部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、一方側ドア延出部と第1の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention. In the second door, one side door extension portion is provided on one side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the support parts, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting. 図14は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第1例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、被支持部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、他方側ドア延出部と第2の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention. In the second door, one side door extension portion is provided on one side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the support parts, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact | abutting. 図15は、前記実施例2のうちの第1例を示す説明図であり、第1ドアと第2ドアとを組み付ける前の状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 15 is an explanatory view showing a first example of the second embodiment, and is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled. 図16は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第2例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、側壁部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、一方側ドア延出部と第1の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 16: is sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the 2nd example of Example 2 of the door holding structure which concerns on this invention, and the 2nd door has one side door extension part in one side wall part, and a side wall. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the part, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting. 図17は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第2例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、側壁部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、他方側ドア延出部と第2の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 17: is sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the 2nd example of Example 2 of the door holding structure which concerns on this invention, and the 2nd door has one side door extension part in one side wall part, and a side wall. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the part, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact | abutting. 図18は、前記実施例2のうちの第2例を示す説明図であり、第1ドアと第2ドアとを組み付ける前の状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 18 is an explanatory view showing a second example of the second embodiment, and is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled. 図19は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第3例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第1の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に一方側壁延出部が、第2の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に他方側壁延出部が設けられ、一方側壁延出部と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a third example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on the surface facing the second door. The second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extending portion is provided on the surface facing the second door, and that the one side wall extending portion and the second door are in contact with each other. 図20は、発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第3例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第1の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に一方側壁延出部が、第2の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に他方側壁延出部がそれぞれ設けられ、他方側壁延出部と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a third example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the invention, and the first wall has a side wall extending portion on a surface facing the second door, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side wall extension part is each provided in the surface facing a 2nd door, and the other side wall extension part and the 2nd door contact | abut the 2nd wall. 図21(a)は、前記実施例2のうちの第3例における、第1ドアと第2ドアとのそれぞれの被支持部の一方を示す斜視図であり、図21(b)は、前記実施例2のうちの第3例における、第1ドアと第2ドアとのそれぞれの被支持部の他方を示す斜視図である。FIG. 21A is a perspective view showing one of the supported portions of the first door and the second door in the third example of the second embodiment, and FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the other of each supported part of a 1st door and a 2nd door in the 3rd example of Example 2. FIG. 図22は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第4例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアの側壁部の一方と対向する第1の壁に一方側段差面が、第2ドアの側壁部の他方と対向する第2の壁に他方側段差面が設けられ、一方側段差面と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level | step difference surface is provided in the 2nd wall facing the other side wall part of a 2nd door, and the one side level | step difference surface and the 2nd door contact | abut. 図23は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例2のうちの第4例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアの側壁部の一方と対向する第1の壁に一方側段差面が、第2ドアの側壁部の他方と対向する第2の壁に他方側段差面が設けられ、他方側段差面と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the second embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level | step difference surface is provided in the 2nd wall facing the other side wall part of a 2nd door, and the other side level | step difference surface and the 2nd door contact | abutted. 図24は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第1例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、被支持部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、被支持部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、一方側ドア延出部と第1の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side door extension portion on one of the supported portions, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the supported parts, and the one side door extension part and the 1st wall are contacting. 図25は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第1例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、被支持部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、被支持部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、他方側ドア延出部と第2の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the first example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side door extension portion on one of the supported portions, It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the supported parts, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact | abutting. 図26は、前記実施例3のうちの第1例を示す説明図であり、図26(a)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを組み付ける前の状態を示す斜視図、図26(b)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを仮組みした状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 26 is an explanatory view showing a first example of the third embodiment. FIG. 26A is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled, and FIG. ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled. 図27は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第2例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側延出部が、側壁部の他方に他方側延出部が設けられ、一方側延出部と第1の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side extending portion on one side wall portion and the side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side extension part is provided in the other, and the one side extension part and the 1st wall are contacting. 図28は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第2例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアは、側壁部の一方に一方側ドア延出部が、側壁部の他方に他方側ドア延出部が設けられ、他方側ドア延出部と第2の壁とが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a second example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, and the second door has one side wall extension portion on one side wall portion and the side wall portion. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side door extension part is provided in the other of the part, and the other side door extension part and the 2nd wall are contact | abutting. 図29は、前記実施例3のうちの第2例を示す説明図であり、図29(a)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを組み付ける前の状態を示す斜視図、図29(b)は、第1ドアと第2ドアとを仮組みした状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 29 is an explanatory view showing a second example of the third embodiment, and FIG. 29 (a) is a perspective view showing a state before the first door and the second door are assembled, and FIG. 29 (b). ) Is a perspective view showing a state where the first door and the second door are temporarily assembled. 図30は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第3例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第1の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に一方側壁延出部が、第2の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に他方側壁延出部が設けられ、一方側壁延出部と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a third example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which the first wall has a side wall extending portion on a surface facing the second door. The second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extending portion is provided on the surface facing the second door, and that the one side wall extending portion and the second door are in contact with each other. 図31は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第3例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第1の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に一方側壁延出部が、第2の壁は第2ドアに対向する面に他方側壁延出部が設けられ、他方側壁延出部と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a third example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, wherein the first wall has a side wall extending portion on a surface facing the second door. The second wall is an explanatory view showing that the other side wall extension is provided on the surface facing the second door, and the other side wall extension and the second door are in contact with each other. 図32は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第4例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアの側壁部の一方と対向する第1の壁に一方側段差面が、第2ドアの側壁部の他方と対向する第2の壁に他方側段差面が設けられ、一方側段差面と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level | step difference surface is provided in the 2nd wall facing the other side wall part of a 2nd door, and the one side level | step difference surface and the 2nd door contact | abut. 図33は、本発明に係るドア保持構造の実施例3のうちの第4例の概略構成を示す断面図であり、第2ドアの側壁部の一方と対向する第1の壁に一方側段差面が、第2ドアの側壁部の他方と対向する第2の壁に他方側段差面が設けられ、他方側段差面と第2ドアとが当接していることを示す説明図である。FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a fourth example of the third embodiment of the door holding structure according to the present invention, in which one side step is formed on the first wall facing one of the side walls of the second door. It is explanatory drawing which shows that the other side level | step difference surface is provided in the 2nd wall facing the other side wall part of a 2nd door, and the other side level | step difference surface and the 2nd door contact | abutted.
 以下、この発明の実施形態について添付図面を参照しながら説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
 図1において、この発明に係るドア保持構造が用いられる車両用空調装置の空調ユニット1の一例が示されている。この空調ユニット1は、車両のセンターコンソール部に搭載されるセンター置きタイプであり、エンジンルームと車室とを仕切る仕切板よりも車室側に配置されている。そして、この空調ユニット1は、外気(車室外空気)および/または内気(車室内空気)が、送風機ユニット(図示せず。)を介して空調ケース2の空気導入空間3に導入されるものとなっている。 FIG. 1 shows an example of an air conditioning unit 1 of a vehicle air conditioner in which the door holding structure according to the present invention is used. The air conditioning unit 1 is a center-mounted type mounted on a center console portion of a vehicle, and is disposed closer to the vehicle compartment than a partition plate that partitions the engine room and the vehicle compartment. The air conditioning unit 1 is configured so that outside air (air outside the cabin) and / or inside air (air inside the cabin) is introduced into the air introduction space 3 of the air conditioning case 2 via a blower unit (not shown). It has become.
 空調ケース2は、車室に向かって流れる空気の通路を形成するもので、合成樹脂材によって形成され、ケース内の空調機器の組み付け上の理由から、また成形上の型抜きの都合から、複数のケース部材で構成されている。空調ケース2は、この例では車両左右方向に分割されたケース部材によって構成されている。 The air-conditioning case 2 forms a passage for air flowing toward the passenger compartment, and is formed of a synthetic resin material. For reasons of assembling the air-conditioning equipment in the case, and for convenience of die-cutting, a plurality of It is comprised by the case member. In this example, the air conditioning case 2 is configured by a case member that is divided in the vehicle left-right direction.
 また、空調ケース2は、空気導入空間3へ空気を導入する導入口4と、空気を空調ケース2の上方へ導く第1吹出通路5と、空気を空調ケース2の下方へ導く第2吹出通路6とを備えている。 The air conditioning case 2 includes an introduction port 4 that introduces air into the air introduction space 3, a first outlet passage 5 that guides air upward of the air conditioning case 2, and a second outlet passage that guides air downward of the air conditioning case 2. 6 is provided.
 そして、空調ケース2内において、空気導入空間に冷却用熱交換器をなすエバポレータ7が配置され、このエバポレータ7の下流側に加熱用熱交換器をなすヒータコア8が配置されている。 In the air conditioning case 2, an evaporator 7 serving as a cooling heat exchanger is disposed in the air introduction space, and a heater core 8 serving as a heating heat exchanger is disposed downstream of the evaporator 7.
 エバポレータ7は、冷凍サイクルの一部を構成するもので、導入口4から導入された全ての空気が通過するように空気通路内に配置されており、必要に応じて通過する空気を冷却・除湿することができる。 The evaporator 7 constitutes a part of the refrigeration cycle, and is disposed in the air passage so that all the air introduced from the inlet 4 passes, and the passing air is cooled and dehumidified as necessary. can do.
 エバポレータ7の下流には、空気通路の略中央に空調ケース2と一体に形成された仕切壁9が配置されている。 Downstream of the evaporator 7, a partition wall 9 formed integrally with the air conditioning case 2 is disposed in the approximate center of the air passage.
 ヒータコア8は、例えばエンジンの冷却水を熱源として空気を加熱するもので、仕切壁9の下方に配置されている。この実施例では、ヒータコア8は、仕切壁9の下端から空調ケース2の車室側に設けられたガイド壁16にかけて略水平に設置されている。 The heater core 8 heats air using, for example, engine cooling water as a heat source, and is disposed below the partition wall 9. In this embodiment, the heater core 8 is installed substantially horizontally from the lower end of the partition wall 9 to the guide wall 16 provided on the passenger compartment side of the air conditioning case 2.
 これにより、エバポレータ7の下流側のうち当該エバポレータ7と仕切壁9との間には、エバポレータ7のみを通過した空気(ヒータコア8を通過せずにバイパスした冷風)を車室側に向けて斜め上方へ導くバイパス通路10(この実施例においては、冷風通路)が形成されている。また、エバポレータ7の下流側のうち仕切壁9とガイド壁16との間には、エバポレータ7及びヒータコア8を通過した空気(ヒータコア8を通過した温風)を車室側に向けて上方へ導く温風通路11が形成されている。 Thereby, between the evaporator 7 and the partition wall 9 in the downstream side of the evaporator 7, the air that has passed through only the evaporator 7 (cold air that has been bypassed without passing through the heater core 8) is inclined toward the vehicle interior side. A bypass passage 10 (in this embodiment, a cold air passage) leading upward is formed. Further, between the partition wall 9 and the guide wall 16 on the downstream side of the evaporator 7, the air that has passed through the evaporator 7 and the heater core 8 (warm air that has passed through the heater core 8) is guided upward toward the passenger compartment. A hot air passage 11 is formed.
 仕切壁9の上方には、バイパス通路10から供給された冷風と温風通路11から供給された温風とを混合するミックス空間12が形成され、このミックス空間12に第1吹出通路5と第2吹出通路6とが接続されている。 Above the partition wall 9, a mixed space 12 for mixing the cold air supplied from the bypass passage 10 and the hot air supplied from the hot air passage 11 is formed. In the mix space 12, the first blowing passage 5 and the first air passage Two blowout passages 6 are connected.
 第1吹出通路5は、送風機ユニットにより導入された空気を空調ケース2の上方へ導くもので、ミックス空間12と、導入された空気を車両前方のガラス内面に向けて吹き出すデフロスト吹出開口13と、導入された空気を乗員の上半身に向けて吹き出すベント吹出開口14とに連通している。 The first blowing passage 5 guides the air introduced by the blower unit to the upper side of the air conditioning case 2, and includes a mix space 12, a defrost blowing opening 13 for blowing the introduced air toward the glass inner surface in front of the vehicle, The introduced air communicates with a vent outlet 14 for blowing out the air toward the upper body of the occupant.
 第2吹出通路6は、送風機ユニットにより導入された空気を空調ケース2の下方へ導くもので、ミックス空間12と、導入された空気を乗員の足元に向けて吹き出すフット吹出開口15とに連通している。 The second blowing passage 6 guides the air introduced by the blower unit to the lower side of the air conditioning case 2 and communicates with the mix space 12 and the foot blowing opening 15 that blows the introduced air toward the feet of the occupant. ing.
 この実施例においては、バイパス通路10、温風通路11、第1吹出通路5、第2吹出通路6は、ミックス空間12を中心としてその周りにバイパス通路10、第1吹出通路5、第2吹出通路6、温風通路11の順で配設され、ミックス空間12と接続されている。 In this embodiment, the bypass passage 10, the hot air passage 11, the first blowout passage 5, and the second blowout passage 6 are centered on the mix space 12 and around the bypass passage 10, the first blowout passage 5, and the second blowout passage. The passage 6 and the warm air passage 11 are arranged in this order, and are connected to the mix space 12.
 そして、バイパス通路10と第1吹出通路5とがミックス空間12に接続する部分は、空調ケース2の一部を円周状に形成した円周壁17により隔てられている。第1吹出通路5と第2吹出通路6とがミックス空間12に接続する部分は、空調ケース2の一部を円周状に形成した円周壁18により隔てられている。第2吹出通路6と温風通路11とがミックス空間12に接続する部分は、空調ケース2の一部を円周状に形成した円周壁19により隔てられている。そして、温風通路11とバイパス通路10とがミックス空間12に接続する部分は、空調ケース2と一体的に形成された前記仕切壁9により隔てられている。 The portion where the bypass passage 10 and the first outlet passage 5 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by a circumferential wall 17 in which a part of the air conditioning case 2 is formed in a circumferential shape. A portion where the first blowing passage 5 and the second blowing passage 6 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by a circumferential wall 18 that forms a part of the air conditioning case 2 in a circular shape. A portion where the second blow-out passage 6 and the hot air passage 11 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by a circumferential wall 19 in which a part of the air conditioning case 2 is formed in a circumferential shape. A portion where the warm air passage 11 and the bypass passage 10 are connected to the mix space 12 is separated by the partition wall 9 formed integrally with the air conditioning case 2.
 ミックス空間12には、バイパス通路10から供給される冷風と温風通路11から供給される温風との導入比率を調整するミックスドア20と、ミックス空間12から第1吹出通路5に向かう空気と第2吹出通路6に向かう空気との配風比率を調節するモードドア30とが設けられている。 In the mix space 12, a mix door 20 that adjusts the introduction ratio of the cold air supplied from the bypass passage 10 and the hot air supplied from the hot air passage 11, and the air from the mix space 12 toward the first outlet passage 5, A mode door 30 that adjusts the air distribution ratio with the air toward the second blow-out passage 6 is provided.
 ミックスドア20は、合成樹脂材により形成されたものである。そして、ミックスドア20は、図1、図4、図7、図15、図18、図26又は図29に示されるように、回転軸線上に設けられた一対の第1の被支持部21a、21bと、この第1の被支持部21a、21bから当該第1の被支持部21a、21bの径方向に沿って延設されて相互に平行な一対の略扇形状をなす側壁部22a、22bと、この一対の側壁部22a、側壁部22bの外周縁間を繋ぐように形成された閉塞部23と、第1の被支持部21a、21bの近傍において側壁部22a、22bの間に架設されたリブ24とを有する。 The mix door 20 is made of a synthetic resin material. The mix door 20 includes a pair of first supported portions 21a provided on the rotation axis, as shown in FIGS. 1, 4, 7, 15, 18, 18, 26, or 29. 21b and a pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b extending from the first supported portions 21a and 21b along the radial direction of the first supported portions 21a and 21b and forming a pair of substantially fan shapes parallel to each other. And between the side wall portions 22a and 22b in the vicinity of the closed portion 23 formed so as to connect the outer peripheral edges of the pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b and the first supported portions 21a and 21b. And ribs 24.
 そして、第1の被支持部21a、21bは、ミックス空間12の略中央に回転可能に配置され(図1においては、片側の第1の被支持部21aのみを示す。)、閉塞部23を第1の被支持部21a、21bよりも上流側に位置させて、バイパス通路10と温風通路11とのミックス空間12に対する開口割合を調整することができるようにしている。 The first supported portions 21a and 21b are rotatably arranged at the approximate center of the mix space 12 (only the first supported portion 21a on one side is shown in FIG. 1), and the closing portion 23 is formed. The opening ratio of the bypass passage 10 and the hot air passage 11 with respect to the mix space 12 can be adjusted by being positioned upstream of the first supported portions 21a and 21b.
 また、モードドア30も、合成樹脂材により形成されたものである。そして、モードドア30は、図1、図4、図7、図15、図18、図26又は図29に示されるように、回転軸線上に設けられた一対の第2の被支持部31a、31bと、この第2の被支持部31a、31bから当該第2の被支持部31a、31bの径方向に沿って延設されて相互に平行な一対の略扇形状をなす側壁部32a、32bと、この一対の側壁部32a、側壁部32bの外周縁間を繋ぐように形成された閉塞部33と、第1の被支持部31a、31bの近傍において側壁部32a、32bの間に架設されたリブ34とを有する。 The mode door 30 is also made of a synthetic resin material. The mode door 30 includes a pair of second supported portions 31a provided on the rotation axis, as shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 4, FIG. 7, FIG. 15, FIG. 31b and side wall portions 32a, 32b extending from the second supported portions 31a, 31b along the radial direction of the second supported portions 31a, 31b to form a pair of substantially fan-shaped parallel portions. And between the side wall portions 32a and 32b in the vicinity of the closed portion 33 formed so as to connect the outer peripheral edges of the pair of side wall portions 32a and 32b and the first supported portions 31a and 31b. Rib 34.
 そして、第2の被支持部31a、31bは、ミックスドア20と同じ回転軸線上に回転可能に配置され、閉塞部33を第2の被支持部31a、31bよりも下流側に位置させて、第1吹出通路5と第2吹出通路6とのミックス空間12に対する開口割合を調整することができるようにしている。 The second supported portions 31a and 31b are rotatably arranged on the same rotational axis as the mix door 20, and the closing portion 33 is positioned downstream of the second supported portions 31a and 31b. The opening ratio with respect to the mix space 12 of the 1st blowing path 5 and the 2nd blowing path 6 can be adjusted now.
 更に、第1吹出通路5には、ミックス空間12からデフロスト吹出開口13に向かう空気とミックス空間12からベント吹出開口14に向かう空気との配風比率を調節する片持ち式のデフベントドア40が設けられている。このデフベントドア40をモードドア30と協調して位置させることにより、送風機ユニットを介して空調ケース2に導入された空気を、デフロスト吹出開口13、ベント吹出開口14、フット吹出開口15に適宜な比率で分配することができる。 Further, the first blow-out passage 5 is provided with a cantilever type differential vent door 40 that adjusts the air distribution ratio between the air from the mix space 12 toward the defrost blow opening 13 and the air from the mix space 12 toward the vent blow opening 14. ing. By positioning the differential vent door 40 in cooperation with the mode door 30, the air introduced into the air conditioning case 2 via the blower unit is transferred to the defrost outlet opening 13, the vent outlet opening 14, and the foot outlet opening 15 at an appropriate ratio. Can be distributed.
 ところで、上記した車両空調装置において、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21a、21bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bとを同軸上で保持するドアの保持構造としては、実施例1、実施例2、実施例3として説明する構造がある。更に、各実施例においてそれぞれドアの保持構造を採用するにあたって、ミックスドア20、モードドア30の移動範囲を規制する規制機構としては、第1例、第2例、第3例及び第4例として示す構造がある。以下、各実施例1から実施例3を説明しつつその実施例の説明の中で各規制機構についても説明する。 By the way, in the vehicle air conditioner described above, as a door holding structure for holding the first supported portions 21a and 21b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portions 31a and 31b of the mode door 30 on the same axis, There are structures described as Example 1, Example 2, and Example 3. Further, when adopting the door holding structure in each embodiment, as a restriction mechanism for restricting the movement range of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 as the first example, the second example, the third example, and the fourth example There is a structure to show. Hereinafter, while describing each of the first to third embodiments, each regulation mechanism will be described in the description of the embodiment.
 図2から図12において、ドアの保持構造の実施例1が示されている。 2 to 12 show a first embodiment of a door holding structure.
 ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21a(第1の被支持部の一方)は、図4、図7及び図10に示されるように、側壁部22aから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円筒状に延出することで形成されている。この第1の被支持部の一方21aは、空調ケース2の対向するケース部材2a(第1の壁)、2b(第2の壁)のうちのケース部材2aに形成された軸受孔41に回転自在に支持されていると共に筒孔25を有している。また、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21b(第1の被支持部の他方)は、図4、図7及び図10に示されるように、側壁部22bの端部に形成された円板状部28aと、この円板状部28aの周縁から回転軸線に沿って空調ケース2の外側に向けて延びる周壁部28bとを有して構成されている。そして、この第1の被支持部の他方21bには、閉塞部23とは反対側(図4中、上側)から閉塞部23側(図4中、下側)に向かって、周壁部28bと円板状部28aとを切欠いて、その先端が円板状部28aの径方向の中央まで延びたスリット部28cが形成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 4, 7, and 10, the first supported portion 21 a (one of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 extends from the side wall portion 22 a on the rotation axis to the outside of the air conditioning case 2. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward. One of the first supported portions 21a rotates in a bearing hole 41 formed in the case member 2a of the case members 2a (first wall) and 2b (second wall) facing the air conditioning case 2. It is supported freely and has a cylindrical hole 25. Further, the first supported portion 21b (the other of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 is a circle formed at the end of the side wall portion 22b as shown in FIGS. The plate-shaped portion 28 a and a peripheral wall portion 28 b extending from the peripheral edge of the disk-shaped portion 28 a toward the outside of the air conditioning case 2 along the rotation axis are configured. The other 21b of the first supported portion has a peripheral wall portion 28b from the side opposite to the closing portion 23 (upper side in FIG. 4) toward the closing portion 23 side (lower side in FIG. 4). A slit 28c is formed by cutting out the disk-shaped part 28a and having its tip extending to the center in the radial direction of the disk-shaped part 28a.
 モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a(第2の被支持部の一方)は、図4、図7及び図10に示されるように、側壁部32aから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円柱状に延出することで形成されている。この第2の被支持部の一方31aは、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の一方21aに回転可能に支持されている。モードドア30の第2の被支持部31b(第2の被支持部の他方)は、図4、図7及び図10に示されるように、側壁部32bから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円筒状に延出することで形成されている。この第2の被支持部の他方31bは、空調ケース2の対向するケース部材2a、2bのうちのケース部材2bに形成された軸受孔42に回転自在に支持されている。 As shown in FIGS. 4, 7, and 10, the second supported portion 31 a (one of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is located outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32 a. It is formed by extending in the shape of a column toward One of the second supported portions 31 a is rotatably supported by one of the first supported portions 21 a of the mix door 20. The second supported portion 31b (the other of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is located outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward. The other 31b of the second supported portion is rotatably supported by a bearing hole 42 formed in the case member 2b of the facing case members 2a and 2b of the air conditioning case 2.
 ケース部材2bには、図10(b)に示されるように、第1の被支持部の他方21bを保持する第1ドア支持部43が形成されていても良い。この第1ドア支持部43は、第2の軸受孔42を中心として、その周囲を覆いつつ空調ケース2の内側に向けて環状に延設されている。第1ドア支持部43の外径寸法は第1の被支持部の他方21bの周壁部28bの内径寸法より僅かに小さく形成されており、第1の被支持部の他方21bを第1ドア支持部43に回転自在に外装することが可能となっている。 As shown in FIG. 10B, the case member 2b may be formed with a first door support portion 43 that holds the other 21b of the first supported portion. The first door support portion 43 extends in an annular shape around the second bearing hole 42 toward the inside of the air conditioning case 2 while covering the periphery thereof. The outer diameter of the first door support 43 is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the peripheral wall 28b of the other 21b of the first supported part, and the other 21b of the first supported part is supported by the first door. The part 43 can be externally rotated.
 また、第2の被支持部の一方31aの端部は、外径寸法が第1の被支持部の一方21aに形成された筒孔25の内径寸法よりも僅かに小さく形成されており、第2の被支持部の一方31aの端部を第1の被支持部の一方21aの筒孔25に回転自在に挿入させることができる。 Further, the end portion of one end 31a of the second supported portion is formed so that the outer diameter is slightly smaller than the inner diameter size of the cylindrical hole 25 formed in the first supported portion one 21a. The end portion of one of the two supported portions 31a can be rotatably inserted into the cylindrical hole 25 of the first supported portion 21a.
 このような構成のミックスドア20とモードドア30とを組み付けるには、図4(a)、図7(a)に示されるように、第1の被支持部21a、21bと第2の被支持部31a、31bとを近接した状態でミックスドア20とモードドア30とを対向させ、その状態から、まずモードドア30を傾けて第2の被支持部の一方31aを第1の被支持部の一方21aが有する筒孔25に挿入し、しかる後に、第2の被支持部の他方31bを第1の被支持部の他方21bに径方向外側(図4(a),図7(a)中、上方)から近づけて、スリット部28cに挿通させ、第1の被支持部21a、21bと第2の被支持部31a、31bとの軸心をほぼ一致させることで、図4(b)、図7(b)に示されるように、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とを仮組み付けする。 To assemble the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 having such a configuration, as shown in FIGS. 4A and 7A, the first supported portions 21a and 21b and the second supported The mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are made to face each other with the portions 31a and 31b close to each other, and from this state, the mode door 30 is first tilted so that one of the second supported portions 31a is connected to the first supported portion. One side 21a is inserted into the cylindrical hole 25, and thereafter, the other 31b of the second supported part is radially outward from the other 21b of the first supported part (in FIGS. 4A and 7A). 4 (b), by inserting the slit portion 28c close to the upper portion from the upper side and substantially matching the axial centers of the first supported portions 21a and 21b and the second supported portions 31a and 31b. As shown in FIG. 7B, the mix door 20 and the mode door 3 The door to assembly provisional.
 その後、図10に示されるように、左右に分割された状態のケース部材2a、2bに、ミックスドア20、モードドア30を回転軸線方向から近づけて、第1の被支持部の一方21aをケース部材2aの軸受孔41に挿入し、第2の被支持部の他方31bを、第1の被支持部の他方21bのスリット部28cを介して(スリット部28cの間を挿通して)ケース部材2bの軸受孔42に挿入し、第1の被支持部の他方21bをケース部材2bの第1ドア支持部43に外装し、ケース部材2a、2bを組み合わせて空調ケース2を構成する。尚、図10は、分かりやすくするためにミックスドア20とモードドア30とが分かれて図示されているが、仮組み付けされた状態で、上記作業を行う。 After that, as shown in FIG. 10, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are brought closer to the case member 2a, 2b in the state divided into the left and right from the rotational axis direction, and the first supported portion 21a is placed in the case. The case member is inserted into the bearing hole 41 of the member 2a, and the other 31b of the second supported portion is inserted through the slit portion 28c of the other 21b of the first supported portion (through the slit portion 28c). 2b is inserted into the bearing hole 42, the other 21b of the first supported portion is externally mounted on the first door support portion 43 of the case member 2b, and the case members 2a and 2b are combined to constitute the air conditioning case 2. In FIG. 10, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are shown separately for the sake of clarity, but the above operation is performed in a temporarily assembled state.
 これにより、ミックスドア20、モードドア30は、空調ケース2のケース部材2a、2b間に回転自在に且つ同じ回転軸線上で配置されることとなる。 Thus, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are disposed between the case members 2a and 2b of the air conditioning case 2 so as to be rotatable and on the same rotational axis.
 (第1例)
 次に、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿う方向への移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第1例を、図2から図4に基づいて説明する。
(First example)
Next, the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b are appropriately configured to restrict the movement of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the supported portions 21 and 31. A first example of the restriction mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図2、図3に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図2、図3に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、第1の被支持部の他方21bの周壁部28bがケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the restriction mechanism 50a is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a is formed on the inner surface of the case member 2a. The contact is possible. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the restriction mechanism 50 b is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the other of the first supported portions 21 b. The peripheral wall portion 28b can contact the inner surface of the case member 2b.
 規制機構60aは、図2から図4に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部32aの外面からケース部材2aに向かって延びた一方側ドア延出部61がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。一方側ドア延出部61は、この実施例では、図4に示されるように、第2の被支持部の一方31aを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図2から図4に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、第2の被支持部の他方31bから回転軸線に対して略垂直方向に延びた他方側ドア延出部62がケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 to 4, the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a toward the case member 2 a. The extended one-side door extension 61 can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4, the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31 a of the second supported portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 4, the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), from the other 31 b of the second supported portion. The other-side door extension 62 extending in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
 ここで、図2に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の他方側ドア延出部62とケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L1が存在する。間隔L1は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。また、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の第1の被支持部の他方21bとケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L2が存在する。間隔L2は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方21bの円板状部28aとモードドア30の側壁部32bとの間の間隔L101と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の一方21aとモードドア30の側壁部32aの外面との間の間隔L102と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の一方21aの筒孔25の底面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の一方31aの頂面との間の間隔L103と、モードドア30の他方側ドア延出部62とミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方21bの円板状部28aとの間の間隔L104とが存在する。そして、間隔L1は、間隔L2、間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104よりも小さく設定され、間隔L2は、間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 The space L1 exists between the other side door extension 62 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L1 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction. Moreover, the space | interval L2 exists between the other 21b of the 1st supported part of the mix door 20 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L2 is a range of movement of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, the distance L101 between the disk-like part 28a of the other 21b of the first supported part of the mix door 20 and the side wall part 32b of the mode door 30, and the mix door The distance L102 between one of the first supported portions 20a of the 20 and the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30, the bottom surface of the cylindrical hole 25 of the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 and the mode The distance L103 between the top surface of one of the second supported parts of the door 30 and the circle of the other side door extension part 62 of the mode door 30 and the other 21b of the first supported part of the mix door 20 There is an interval L104 between the plate-like portion 28a. The interval L1 is set smaller than the interval L2, the interval L101, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104, and the interval L2 is set smaller than any of the interval L101, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104. .
 また、図3に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 Moreover, as FIG. 3 shows, the mix door 20 (1st door), the mode door 30 (2nd door), the case member 2a (1st wall), and the case member 2b (2nd wall) Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の一方側ドア延出部61とケース部材2aの内面との間には間隔L3が存在する。間隔L3は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっており、前記間隔L1と等しい。また、ミックスドア30(第1ドア)の側壁部22aとケース部材2aの内面との間には間隔L4が存在する。間隔L4は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっており、前記間隔L2と等しい。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、前記間隔L101と、前記間隔L102と、前記間隔L103と、前記間隔L104とが存在する。間隔L3は、間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L4は、間隔L3、間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 A space L3 exists between the one-side door extension 61 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a. The interval L3 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L1. Moreover, the space | interval L4 exists between the side wall part 22a of the mix door 30 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2a. The interval L4 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L2. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, the space L101, the space L102, the space L103, and the space L104 exist. The interval L3 is set smaller than any of the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104, and the interval L4 is set smaller than any of the intervals L3, L101, L102, L103, and L104. .
 このことから、間隔L1と間隔L3とが等しく、間隔L1、L3は間隔L101、L102、L103、L104より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103、L104間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L2と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L2、L4は間隔L101、L102、L103、L104より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103、L104間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L1 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L1 and L3 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103, and L104 (the sizes of the distances L101, L102, L103, and L104 are not important). The intervals L2 and L4 are equal, and the intervals L2 and L4 are smaller than the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104 (the sizes of the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104 are not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図2において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L1が間隔L101よりも小さく、間隔L2が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 2), the interval L1 is greater than the interval L101. Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102, the distance L103, and the distance L104, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図2において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L1(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104よりも間隔L2(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L2よりも間隔L1が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104よりも間隔L2が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 2), the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 are increased. Here, since the distance L1 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L101 widens, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 shrink. Here, since the interval L2 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the distance L1 is smaller than the distance L2, so that the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. And the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 are reduced. Here, since the interval L2 is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図3において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L3が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104よりも小さく、間隔L4が間隔L101よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Further, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 3), the interval L3 is larger than the intervals L102, L103, and L104. Since the distance L4 is smaller than the distance L101, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図3において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104よりも間隔L3(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L4(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4よりも間隔L3が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L104が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L4が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 3), the interval L101 is widened, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 are reduced. Here, since the interval L3 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104, the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 are increased. Here, since the distance L4 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the distance L3 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Shrinks, and the interval L102, the interval L103, and the interval L104 increase. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L101, the interval L101 does not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例1の第1例によれば、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, according to the first example of the first embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第2例)
 更に、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第2例を、図5から図7を用いて説明する。
(Second example)
Furthermore, the restriction | limiting comprised suitably by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30, and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restrict | limiting the movement of the supported parts 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A second example of the mechanisms 50a and 50b and 60a and 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図5、図6に示されるように、第1例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。規制機構50bは、図5、図6に示されるように、第1例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、第1の被支持部の他方21bの周壁部28bがケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first example, and the outer surface of the side wall portion 22 a. Can contact the inner surface of the case member 2a. As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the restriction mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall), as in the first example. The peripheral wall part 28b of the other part 21b of the part can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
 規制機構60aは、図5から図7に示されるように、第1例と同様に、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部32aの外面からケース部材2aに向かって延びた一方側ドア延出部61がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。一方側ドア延出部61は、この実施例では、図7に示されるように、第2の被支持部の一方31aを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図5から図7に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部32bの外面からケース部材2bに向かって延びた他方側ドア延出部63がケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。他方側ドア延出部63は、この実施例では、図7に示されるように、第2の被支持部の他方31bを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), as in the first example, and the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a. The one-side door extension portion 61 extending from the case toward the case member 2a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7, the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31 a of the second supported portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and extends from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b to the case member 2 b. The other-side door extension 63 extending toward the inner side of the case member 2b can be brought into contact therewith. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7, the other side door extension 63 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other end 31b of the second supported portion as the center point.
 ここで、図5に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 Here, as shown in FIG. 5, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の他方側ドア延出部63とケース部材2bの内面との間には、間隔L5が存在する。間隔L5は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の第1の被支持部の他方21bとケース部材2bの内面との間には、第1例と同様に、間隔L2が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、第1例に示されたミックスドア20とモードドア30との間の間隔のうち、間隔L101と、間隔L102と、間隔L103とが存在する。そして、間隔L2は、これらの間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。また、間隔L5は、間隔L2、間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 The space | interval L5 exists between the other side door extension part 63 of the mode door 30 (2nd door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L5 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction. Similar to the first example, an interval L2 exists between the other 21b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, the space | interval L101, the space | interval L102, and the space | interval L103 exist among the space | intervals between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 shown by the 1st example. The interval L2 is set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103. The interval L5 is set smaller than any of the interval L2, the interval L101, the interval L102, and the interval L103.
 また、図6に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 Moreover, as FIG. 6 shows, the mix door 20 (1st door), the mode door 30 (2nd door), the case member 2a (1st wall), and the case member 2b (2nd wall) Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の一方側ドア延出部61とケース部材2aの内面との間には、第1例と同様に、間隔L3が存在する。ミックスドア20の側壁部22aとケース部材2aの内面との間には、第1例と同様に、間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、第1例に示されたミックスドア20とモードドア30との間の間隔のうち、間隔L101と、間隔L102と、間隔L103とが存在する。間隔L3、L4は、これらの間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 As in the first example, an interval L3 exists between the one-side door extension 61 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a. Similar to the first example, an interval L4 exists between the side wall portion 22a of the mix door 20 and the inner surface of the case member 2a. Among the intervals between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 shown in the first example, there are an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103 between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. The intervals L3 and L4 are set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103.
 このことから、間隔L5と間隔L3とが等しく、間隔L5、L3は間隔L101、L102、L103より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L2と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L2、L4は間隔L101、L102、L103より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103、L104間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L5 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L5, L3 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, L103 is not important). The intervals L2 and L4 are equal, and the intervals L2 and L4 are smaller than the intervals L101, L102, and L103 (the sizes of the intervals L101, L102, L103, and L104 are not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動(図5において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L5が間隔L101よりも小さく、間隔L2が間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to abut against the case member 2b (move to the right in FIG. 5), the interval L5 is Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L101 and the distance L2 is smaller than both the distance L102 and the distance L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図5において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L5(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L2(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L2よりも間隔L5が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L2が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 5), the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased. Here, since the distance L5 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L101 widens, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 shrink. Here, since the distance L2 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L102 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the distance L5 is smaller than the distance L2, so that the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Increases and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced. Here, since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図6において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L3、L4は、これらの間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 When one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 6), the intervals L3 and L4 are the intervals L101 and L102. Since the distance is smaller than any of the intervals L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not come into contact with each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図6において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L3(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L4(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4よりも間隔L3が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L4が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 6), the interval L101 is widened, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced. Here, since the distance L3 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased. Here, since the distance L4 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the distance L3 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Shrinks and the interval L102 and the interval L103 increase. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L101, the interval L101 does not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例1の第2例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, also in the second example of the first embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第3例)
 更にまた、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第3例を、図8から図10を用いて説明する。
(Third example)
Furthermore, it is appropriately configured by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restricting the movement of the supported portions 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A third example of the restriction mechanisms 50a and 50b and 60a and 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図8、図9に示されるように、第1例、第2例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。規制機構50bも、図8、図9に示されるように、第1例、第2例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、第1の被支持部の他方21bの周壁部28bがケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first and second examples. The outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the restricting mechanism 50b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first and second examples. The peripheral wall portion 28b of the other supported portion 21b can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
 規制機構60aは、図8から図10に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2aの内面から第2ドア30に向かって延びた一方側壁延出部64が第2ドア30の側壁部32aの外面に当接可能とされている。一方側壁延出部64は、この実施例では、図10(a)に示されるように、軸受孔41を中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図8から図10に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2bの内面から第2ドア30に向かって延びた他方側壁延出部65が第2ドア30の側壁部32bの外面に当接可能とされている。他方側壁延出部65は、この実施例では、図10(b)に示されるように、軸受孔42を中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 8 to 10, the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and faces the second door 30 from the inner surface of the case member 2 a. The one side wall extending portion 64 extending so as to be able to abut on the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a of the second door 30. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 10A, the side wall extending portion 64 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 41 as a center point, as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 10, the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the second door 30 extends from the inner surface of the case member 2 b. The other side wall extending portion 65 extending toward the side can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b of the second door 30. In this embodiment, the other side wall extending portion 65 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 42 as the center point, as shown in FIG.
 ここで、図8に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 Here, as shown in FIG. 8, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の側壁部32bとケース部材2bの他方側壁延出部65との間には間隔L6が存在する。間隔L6は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の第1の被支持部の他方21bとケース部材2bの内面との間には、第1例、第2例と同様に、間隔L2が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、第2例と同様に、間隔L101と、間隔L102と、間隔L103とが存在する。そして、間隔L2は、これらの間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L6は、間隔L2、間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 There is a gap L6 between the side wall 32b of the mode door 30 (second door) and the other side wall extension 65 of the case member 2b. The interval L6 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction. Similar to the first example and the second example, a gap L2 exists between the other 21b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. Similar to the second example, an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103 exist between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. The interval L2 is set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103, and the interval L6 is set smaller than any of the intervals L2, L101, L102, and L103.
 また、図9に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 Moreover, as FIG. 9 shows, the mix door 20 (1st door), the mode door 30 (2nd door), the case member 2a (1st wall), and the case member 2b (2nd wall) Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の側壁部32aとケース部材2aの一方側壁延出部64との間には間隔L7が存在する。間隔L7は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっており、間隔L6と等しい。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の側壁部22aとケース部材2aの内面との間には、第1例、第2例と同様に、間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、第2例と同様に、間隔L101と、間隔L102と、間隔L103とが存在する。そして、間隔L7、L4は、これらの間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 There is a gap L7 between the side wall 32a of the mode door 30 (second door) and the one side wall extension 64 of the case member 2a. The interval L7 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L6. Similar to the first example and the second example, a gap L4 exists between the side wall 22a of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a. Similar to the second example, an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103 exist between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. The intervals L7 and L4 are set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103.
 このことから、間隔L6と間隔L7とが等しく、間隔L6、L7は間隔L101、L102、L103より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L2と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L2、L4は間隔L101、L102、L103より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L6 is equal to the distance L7, and the distances L6, L7 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, L103 is not important). The distance L2 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L2 and L4 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, and L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, and L103 is not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図8において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L6が間隔L101よりも小さく、間隔L2が間隔L102、間隔L103よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 8), the interval L6 is greater than the interval L101. Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図8において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L6(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L2(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L2よりも間隔L6が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L2が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moved to the right in FIG. 8), the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased. Here, since the distance L6 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L101 widens, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 shrink. Here, since the distance L2 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to abut against the case member 2b, the distance L6 is smaller than the distance L2. Increases and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced. Here, since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図9において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L7が間隔L102、間隔L103よりも小さく、間隔L4が間隔L101よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Further, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 9), the interval L7 is smaller than the intervals L102 and L103. Since L4 is smaller than the distance L101, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図9において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L7(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L4(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4よりも間隔L7が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L4が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 9), the interval L101 is widened, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced. Here, since the distance L7 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased. Here, since the distance L4 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the distance L7 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Shrinks and the interval L102 and the interval L103 increase. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L101, the interval L101 does not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例1の第3例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, also in the third example of the first embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第4例)
 そして、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第4例を、図11及び図12を用いて説明する。
(4th example)
And the regulation suitably comprised by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30, and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restricting the movement of the supported parts 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A fourth example of the mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図11、図12に示されるように、第1例から第3例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。規制機構50bも、図11、図12に示されるように、第1例から第3例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、第1の被支持部の他方21bの周壁部28bがケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the restriction mechanism 50a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall) as in the first to third examples. The outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. As shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, the restriction mechanism 50b is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first to third examples. The peripheral wall portion 28b of the other supported portion 21b can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
 規制機構60aは、図11、図12に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2aのうちモードドア30の側壁部32aの外面と対峙し且つミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21aよりも上方側となる部位をケース部材2aの他の部位よりもケース部材2b側に折り曲げることで形成された平板状の段差面66を有している。この段差面66が側壁部32aの外面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構60bは、図11、図12に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2bの内面のうちモードドア30の側壁部32bの外面と対峙し且つミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21bの周壁部28bよりも上方側となる部位をケース部材2bの他の部位よりもケース部材2a側に折り曲げることで形成された平板状の段差面67を有している。この段差面67が側壁部32bの外面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the restriction mechanism 60a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30 of the case member 2a. A flat stepped surface formed by bending a portion that faces the outer surface of the mix door 20 and is above the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 to the case member 2b side of the other portion of the case member 2a. 66. The step surface 66 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a. Moreover, as shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the regulating mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and the mode door 30 of the inner surface of the case member 2b. By bending a portion that faces the outer surface of the side wall portion 32b and is above the peripheral wall portion 28b of the first supported portion 21b of the mix door 20 to the case member 2a side than the other portion of the case member 2b. A flat stepped surface 67 is formed. The step surface 67 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32b.
 ここで、図11に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 Here, as shown in FIG. 11, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). ) Has the following relationship when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a.
 モードドア30の側壁部32bとケース部材2bの段差面67との間には間隔L8が存在する。間隔L8は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の第1の被支持部の他方21bとケース部材2bの内面との間には、第1例から第3例と同様に、間隔L2が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、第2例、第3例と同様に、間隔L101と、間隔L102と、間隔L103とが存在する。そして、間隔L2は、これらの間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L8は、間隔L2、間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 The space | interval L8 exists between the side wall part 32b of the mode door 30, and the level | step difference surface 67 of the case member 2b. The interval L8 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction. Similar to the first to third examples, an interval L2 exists between the other 21b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there are an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103, as in the second example and the third example. The interval L2 is set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103, and the interval L8 is set smaller than any of the intervals L2, L101, L102, and L103.
 また、図12に示されるように、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)とは、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態において、次の関係となっている。 As shown in FIG. 12, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall). Is the following relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の側壁部32aとケース部材2aの段差面66との間には間隔L9が存在する。間隔L9は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっており、間隔L8と等しい。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の側壁部22aとケース部材2aの内面との間には、第1例から第3例と同様に、間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、第2例、第3例と同様に、間隔L101と、間隔L102と、間隔L103とが存在する。そして、間隔L9、L4は、これらの間隔L101、間隔L102、間隔L103のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 There is a gap L9 between the side wall 32a of the mode door 30 (second door) and the step surface 66 of the case member 2a. The interval L9 is a range of movement of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L8. Similar to the first to third examples, a gap L4 exists between the side wall 22a of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there are an interval L101, an interval L102, and an interval L103, as in the second example and the third example. The intervals L9 and L4 are set smaller than any of these intervals L101, L102, and L103.
 このことから、間隔L8と間隔L9とが等しく、間隔L8、L9は間隔L101、L102、L103より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L2と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L2、L4は間隔L101、L102、L103より小さい(間隔L101、L102、L103間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L8 is equal to the distance L9, and the distances L8, L9 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, L103 is not important). The distance L2 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L2 and L4 are smaller than the distances L101, L102, and L103 (the size between the distances L101, L102, and L103 is not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図11において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L8が間隔L101よりも小さく、間隔L2が間隔L102、間隔L103よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 11), the interval L8 is greater than the interval L101. Since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図11において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L101が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L103が広がる。ここで、間隔L101よりも間隔L8(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L101がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L2(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L2よりも間隔L8が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L101が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L103が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103よりも間隔L2が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 11), the interval L101 is reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are increased. Here, since the distance L8 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotational axis direction) is smaller than the distance L101, the distance L101 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L101 widens, and the interval L102 and the interval L103 shrink. Here, since the distance L2 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the distance L8 is smaller than the distance L2, so that the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L101. Increases and the interval L102 and the interval L103 are reduced. Here, since the distance L2 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L103, the distance L102 and the distance L103 do not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例1の第4例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, also in the fourth example of the first embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 図13から図23において、ドアの保持構造の実施例2が示されている。 13 to 23 show a second embodiment of the door holding structure.
 ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21a(第1の被支持部の一方)は、図15、図18及び図21に示されるように、側壁部22aから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円筒状に延出することで形成されている。そして、第1の被支持部の一方21aは、空調ケース2の対向するケース部材2a(第1の壁)、2b(第2の壁)のうちのケース部材2aに形成された軸受孔41に回転自在に支持されていると共に筒孔25を有している。また、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21b(第1の被支持部の他方)は、図15、図18及び図21に示されるように、側壁部22bから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円柱状に延出することで形成されている。 The first supported portion 21a (one of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 is located outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22a, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward. And one side 21a of the 1st supported part is in bearing hole 41 formed in case member 2a of case member 2a (1st wall) and 2b (2nd wall) which air conditioning case 2 counters. It is rotatably supported and has a cylindrical hole 25. In addition, the first supported portion 21b (the other of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 has an air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in the shape of a column toward the outside.
 モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a(第2の被支持部の一方)は、図15、図18及び図21に示されるように、側壁部22aから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円柱状に延出することで形成されている。また、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31b(第2の被支持部の他方)は、図15、図18及び図21に示されるように、側壁部22bから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円筒状に延出することで形成されている。そして、第2の被支持部の他方31bは、空調ケース2の対向するケース部材2a、2bのうちのケース部材2bに形成された軸受孔42に回転自在に支持されていると共に筒孔35を有している。 As shown in FIGS. 15, 18 and 21, the second supported portion 31a (one of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is positioned outside the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22a. It is formed by extending in the shape of a column toward Further, the second supported portion 31b (the other of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is air-conditioned case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape toward the outside. The other supported portion 31b of the second supported portion is rotatably supported by a bearing hole 42 formed in the case member 2b of the facing case members 2a and 2b of the air conditioning case 2 and has a cylindrical hole 35. Have.
 第2の被支持部の一方31aの端部は、外径寸法が第1の被支持部の一方21aに形成された筒孔25の内径寸法よりも僅かに小さく形成されており、第2の被支持部の一方31aの端部を第1の被支持部の一方21aの筒孔25に回転自在に挿入させることができる。また、第1の被支持部の他方21bの端部は、外径寸法が第2の被支持部の他方31bに形成された筒孔35の内径寸法よりも僅かに小さく形成されており、第1の被支持部の他方21bの端部を第2の被支持部の他方31bの筒孔35に回転自在に挿入させることができる。 One end 31a of the second supported portion has an outer diameter dimension slightly smaller than the inner diameter size of the cylindrical hole 25 formed in the first supported portion one 21a. One end 31a of the supported portion can be rotatably inserted into the cylindrical hole 25 of the first supported portion 21a. The other end 21b of the first supported portion has an outer diameter that is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the cylindrical hole 35 formed in the other 31b of the second supported portion. The end portion of the other supported portion 21b of the first supported portion can be rotatably inserted into the cylindrical hole 35 of the second supported portion 31b.
 第1の被支持部の一方21aの回転軸線に沿った方向の寸法は、第2の被支持部の一方31aの回転軸線に沿った方向の寸法よりも長くなるように形成されており、第2の被支持部の一方31aが挿入される範囲の筒孔25の内形状は少なくとも断面が円形状となるように形成されている。また、第2の被支持部の他方31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の寸法は、第1の被支持部の他方21bの回転軸線に沿った方向の寸法よりも長くなるように形成されており、第1の被支持部の他方21bが挿入される範囲の筒孔35の内形状は少なくとも断面が円形状となるように形成されている。 The dimension in the direction along the rotation axis of one side 21a of the first supported part is formed to be longer than the dimension in the direction along the rotation axis of one side 31a of the second supported part. The inner shape of the cylindrical hole 25 in a range where one of the two supported portions 31a is inserted is formed so that at least the cross section is circular. The dimension of the second supported part in the direction along the rotation axis of the other supported part 31b is longer than the dimension of the other part of the first supported part in the direction of the rotational axis of the other supported part 21b. The inner shape of the cylindrical hole 35 in the range where the other 21b of the first supported portion is inserted is formed so that at least the cross section is circular.
 このような構成のミックスドア20とモードドア30とを組み付けるには、図15、図18に示されるように、第1の被支持部21a、21bと被支持部31a、31bとを近接した状態でミックスドア20とモードドア30とを対向させ、その状態から、ミックスドア20の被支持部21a、21bとモードドア30の被支持部31a、31bとが同軸線上に沿って一列になるように、互いのドア20、30を回転軸線上に沿ってずらした状態とし、しかる後に、モードドア30をミックスドア20に対し軸方向で重ね合せるように移動させて、第2の被支持部の一方31aを第1の被支持部の一方21aに対して軸方向に沿って近接させ、また、第2の被支持部の他方31bを第1の被支持部の他方21bに対して軸方向に沿って、第2の被支持部の一方31aを第1の被支持部の一方21aに近接させる方向と同方向から近接させる。 To assemble the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 having such a configuration, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 18, the first supported portions 21a and 21b and the supported portions 31a and 31b are brought close to each other. The mixed door 20 and the mode door 30 are made to face each other, and from this state, the supported portions 21a and 21b of the mixed door 20 and the supported portions 31a and 31b of the mode door 30 are arranged in a line along the coaxial line. The doors 20 and 30 are shifted from each other along the rotational axis, and then the mode door 30 is moved so as to overlap the mix door 20 in the axial direction, and one of the second supported parts is moved. 31a is made to approach along the axial direction with respect to one side 21a of the first supported part, and the other 31b of the second supported part is placed along the axial direction with respect to the other side 21b of the first supported part. No. The brought closer to one 31a of the support portion in the first direction and the same direction to be close to one 21a of the supported portion.
 そして、第2の被支持部の一方31aを第1の被支持部の一方21aの筒孔25に挿入させ、すなわち第1の被支持部の一方21aを第2の被支持部の一方31aに外装させ、また、第2の被支持部の他方31bを第1の被支持部の他方21bに外装させ、すなわち、第1の被支持部の他方21bを第2の被支持部の他方31bが有する筒孔35に挿入させることで、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とを同軸上で互いに回転可能に仮組み付けする。 Then, the one 31a of the second supported part is inserted into the cylindrical hole 25 of the one 21a of the first supported part, that is, the one 21a of the first supported part is inserted into the one 31a of the second supported part. And the other 31b of the second supported portion is sheathed on the other 21b of the first supported portion, that is, the other 21b of the first supported portion is the other 31b of the second supported portion. The mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are temporarily assembled so as to be rotatable on the same axis by being inserted into the cylindrical hole 35 having the same.
 その後、図21に示すように、左右に分割された状態のケース部材2a、2bに、ミックスドア20、モードドア30を回転軸線方向から近づけて、第1の被支持部の一方21aをケース部材2aの軸受孔41に挿入し、第2の被支持部の他方31bを第1のケース部材の他方2bが有する軸受孔42に挿入し、ケース部材2a、2bを組み合わせて空調ケース2を構成する。尚、図21は分かりやすくするためにミックスドア20とモードドア30とが分かれて図示されているが、仮組み付けされた状態で上記作業を行う。 After that, as shown in FIG. 21, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are brought closer to the case member 2a, 2b in the state of being divided into left and right from the rotation axis direction, and the first supported portion 21a is moved to the case member. 2a is inserted into the bearing hole 41, the other 31b of the second supported portion is inserted into the bearing hole 42 of the other 2b of the first case member, and the case members 2a and 2b are combined to form the air conditioning case 2. . In FIG. 21, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are illustrated separately for the sake of clarity, but the above operation is performed in a temporarily assembled state.
 (第1例)
 次に、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿う方向への移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第1例を、図13から図15に基づいて説明する。
(First example)
Next, the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b are appropriately configured to restrict the movement of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the supported portions 21 and 31. A first example of the regulation mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図13から図15に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図13から図15に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22bの外面からケース部材2bに向かって延びたドア延出部51が当接可能とされている。ドア延出部51は、この実施例では、図15に示されるように、第1の被支持部の他方21bを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 13 to 15, the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and the outer surface of the side wall portion 22 a is on the inner surface of the case member 2 a. It can be contacted. Further, as shown in FIG. 13 to FIG. 15, the regulation mechanism 50 b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and extends from the outer surface of the side wall portion 22 b to the case member 2 b. A door extension 51 extending toward the front can be contacted. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, the door extension portion 51 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other side 21 b of the first supported portion as a center point.
 規制機構60aは、図13から図15に示されるように、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と第2ドア30とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2aの内面に、側壁部32aの外面からケース部材2aに向かって延びた一方側ドア延出部61が当接可能とされている。一方側ドア延出部61は、この実施例では、図15に示されるように、第2の被支持部の一方31aを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図13から図15に示されるように、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)と第2ドア30とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2bの内面に、第2の被支持部の他方31bから回転軸線に対して略垂直方向に延びた他方側ドア延出部62が当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 13 to 15, the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by a case member 2 a (first wall) and a second door 30, and the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a is formed on the inner surface of the case member 2 a. The one-side door extension 61 extending from the case toward the case member 2a can be brought into contact therewith. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the first supported portion 31 a as the center point. Further, as shown in FIG. 13 to FIG. 15, the restriction mechanism 60 b is composed of a case member 2 b (second wall) and a second door 30, and a second member 30 is formed on the inner surface of the case member 2 b. The other-side door extension 62 extending in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis from the other supported portion 31b can be contacted.
 次に、図13を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L1、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 13, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are given the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is simplified by giving the intervals L1, L102, and L103.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L1が存在する。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)のドア延出部51とケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L10が存在する。間隔L10は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。そして、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L103の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L10は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, there is an interval L1 similar to that in the first embodiment. A gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. And between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, the outer surface of the side wall part 22b of the mix door 20 and the 2nd supported part of the mode door 30 other than the space | interval L102 and the space | interval L103 similar to Example 1. There is an interval L105 between the other 31b and an interval L106 between the other 31b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30. The interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
 また、図14を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L3、間隔L4、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Further, referring to FIG. 14, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) A dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is simplified for the intervals L3, L4, L102, and L103.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L3が存在し、ミックスドアモードドア20(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L103の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L3は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a, there is an interval L3 similar to that in the first embodiment, and between the mixed door mode door 20 (second door) and the case member 2b, There is an interval L4 similar to that in the first embodiment. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, in addition to the interval L102 and the interval L103 similar to the first embodiment, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided. And an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist. The interval L3 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
 このことから、間隔L1と間隔L3とが等しく、間隔L1、L3は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L10と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L10、L4は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L1 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L1 and L3 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important). The distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図13において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L10が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 13), the interval L10 is the interval L102. Since it is smaller than any of the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図13において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L1のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、モードドア30が、図13の右側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L10(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L1よりも間隔L10が小さくても、モードドア30の移動量がミックスドア20に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、ミックスドア20のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106よりも間隔L10が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (move to the right in FIG. 13), only the interval L1 is reduced, and all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. There is no. For this reason, even if the mode door 30 moves to the right side of FIG. 13, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20 even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L1. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図14において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L3が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Further, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 14), the interval L3 is the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, the interval Since it is smaller than any of L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図14において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L3(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、ミックスドア20が、図14の左側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L3よりも間隔L4が小さくても、ミックスドア20の移動量がモードドア30に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、モードドア30のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106よりも間隔L3が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 14), all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L3 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, only the interval L4 is reduced, and none of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 is reduced. For this reason, even if the mix door 20 moves to the left side of FIG. 14, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L3. For this reason, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the intervals L102, L103, L105, L106 All of them shrink, but the interval L3 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, so the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例2の第1例によれば、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, according to the first example of the second embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第2例)
 更に、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第2例を、図16から図18を用いて説明する。
(Second example)
Furthermore, the restriction | limiting comprised suitably by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30, and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restrict | limiting the movement of the supported parts 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A second example of the mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図16から図18に示されるように、本実施例の第1例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図16から図18に示されるように、本実施例の第1例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22bの外面からケース部材2bに向かって延びたドア延出部51が当接可能とされている。ドア延出部51は、この実施例では、図18に示されるように、第1の被支持部の他方21bを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first example of the present embodiment. The outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. Further, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the regulating mechanism 50 b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 b (second wall) as in the first example of the present embodiment. The door extension 51 extending from the outer surface of the side wall 22b toward the case member 2b can be brought into contact therewith. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 18, the door extension portion 51 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other side 21 b of the first supported portion as a center point.
 規制機構60aは、図16から図18に示されるように、本実施例の第1例と同様に、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と第2ドア30とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2aの内面に、側壁部32aの外面からケース部材2aに向かって延びた一方側ドア延出部61が当接可能とされている。一方側ドア延出部61は、この実施例では、図18に示されるように、第2の被支持部の一方31aを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図16から図18に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部32bの外面からケース部材2bに向かって延びた他方側ドア延出部63がケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。他方側ドア延出部63は、この実施例では、図18に示されるように、第2の被支持部の他方31bを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the restriction mechanism 60 a is composed of a case member 2 a (first wall) and a second door 30 as in the first example of the present embodiment. The one side door extension part 61 extended from the outer surface of the side wall part 32a toward the case member 2a can contact | abut on the inner surface of the member 2a. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 18, the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31 a of the second supported portion. Further, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the regulation mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and is formed from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b to the case member 2 b. The other side door extending portion 63 extending toward the inner side can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 18, the other side door extension 63 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other end 31 b of the second supported portion as the center point.
 次に、図16を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L5、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 16, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof will be simplified.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L5が存在する。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)のドア延出部51とケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L10が存在する。間隔L10は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L103の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L10は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, an interval L5 similar to that in the first embodiment exists. A gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, in addition to the interval L102 and the interval L103 similar to the first embodiment, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided. And an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist. The interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
 また、図17を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L3、間隔L4、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 In addition, referring to FIG. 17, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) A dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is simplified for the intervals L3, L4, L102, and L103.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L3が存在し、ミックスドアモードドア20(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L102の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L3は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a, there is an interval L3 similar to that in the first embodiment, and between the mixed door mode door 20 (second door) and the case member 2b, There is an interval L4 similar to that in the first embodiment. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, in addition to the interval L102 and the interval L102 similar to the first embodiment, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided. And an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist. The interval L3 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
 このことから、間隔L5と間隔L3とが等しく、間隔L5、L3は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L10と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L10、L4は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L5 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L5 and L3 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important). The distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図16において、右側に移動)する場合に、実施例2の第1例と同様に、間隔L10が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 16), the first of the second embodiment. Similarly to the example, since the interval L10 is smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図16において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L5のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、モードドア30が、図16の右側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L10(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L5よりも間隔L10が小さくても、モードドア30の移動量がミックスドア20に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、ミックスドア20のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105よりも間隔L10が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 16), only the interval L5 is reduced, and all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. There is no. For this reason, even if the mode door 30 moves to the right side of FIG. 16, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L5, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are the same as the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, and L105, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動(図17において、左側に移動)する場合に、実施例2の第1例と同様に、間隔L3が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 In addition, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 17), the interval L3 is set as in the first example of the second embodiment. Since it is smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図17において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L3(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、ミックスドア20が、図17の左側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L3よりも間隔L4が小さくても、ミックスドア20の移動量がモードドア30に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、モードドア30のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106よりも間隔L3が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 17), all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L3 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, only the interval L4 is reduced, and none of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 is reduced. For this reason, even if the mix door 20 moves to the left side of FIG. 17, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L3. For this reason, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mode door 30 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L3 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例2の第2例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, also in the second example of the second embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第3例)
 更にまた、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第3例を、図19から図21を用いて説明する。
(Third example)
Furthermore, it is appropriately configured by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restricting the movement of the supported portions 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A third example of the restriction mechanisms 50a and 50b and 60a and 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図19から図21に示されるように、本実施例の第1例や、第2例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図19から図21に示されるように、本実施例の第1例や、第2例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22bの外面からケース部材2bに向かって延びたドア延出部51が当接可能とされている。ドア延出部51は、図示しないが、第1例の図15や第2例の図18と同様に、第1の被支持部の他方21bを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 19 to 21, the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the first example and the second example of the present embodiment. Therefore, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. Further, as shown in FIG. 19 to FIG. 21, the regulating mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first example and the second example of this embodiment. The door extension part 51 extended from the outer surface of the side wall part 22b toward the case member 2b can be contacted. Although not shown, the door extension 51 is an arc extending along the circumferential direction centering on the other side 21b of the first supported portion, as in FIG. 15 of the first example and FIG. 18 of the second example. It has a shape.
 規制機構60aは、図19から図21に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2aの内面から第2ドア30に向かって延びた一方側壁延出部64が第2ドア30の側壁部32aの外面に当接可能とされている。一方側壁延出部64は、この実施例では、図21(a)に示されるように、軸受孔41を中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図19から図21に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2bの内面から第2ドア30に向かって延びた他方側壁延出部65が第2ドア30の側壁部32bの外面に当接可能とされている。他方側壁延出部65は、この実施例では、図21(b)に示されるように、軸受孔42を中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 19 to 21, the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and faces the second door 30 from the inner surface of the case member 2 a. The one side wall extending portion 64 extending so as to be able to abut on the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a of the second door 30. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the side wall extending portion 64 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 41 as the center point, as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIGS. 19 to 21, the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the second door 30 is formed from the inner surface of the case member 2 b. The other side wall extending portion 65 extending toward the side can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b of the second door 30. In this embodiment, the other side wall extension 65 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 42 as the center point, as shown in FIG.
 次に、図19を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L6、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 19, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof will be simplified.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L6が存在する。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)のドア延出部51とケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L10が存在する。間隔L10は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L103の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L10は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, an interval L6 similar to that in the first embodiment exists. A gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, in addition to the interval L102 and the interval L103 similar to those in the first embodiment, the outer surface of the side wall 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided. And an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist. The interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
 また、図20を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L7、間隔L4、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Further, referring to FIG. 20, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) A dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is simplified for the intervals L7, L4, L102, and L103.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L7が存在し、ミックスドアモードドア20(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L103の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L7は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a, there is an interval L7 similar to that in the first embodiment, and between the mixed door mode door 20 (second door) and the case member 2b, An interval L4 similar to that in the first embodiment exists. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, in addition to the interval L102 and the interval L103 similar to those in the first embodiment, the outer surface of the side wall 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided. And an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist. The interval L7 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
 このことから、間隔L6と間隔L7とが等しく、間隔L6、L7は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L10と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L10、L4は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the interval L6 is equal to the interval L7, and the intervals L6 and L7 are smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the size between the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 is not important). The distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図19において、右側に移動)する場合に、実施例2の第1例、第2例と同様に、間隔L10が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 19), the first of the second embodiment. Like the example and the second example, since the interval L10 is smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 abut in the direction along the rotation axis. There is nothing.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図19において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L6のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、モードドア30が、図19の右側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L10(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L6よりも間隔L10が小さくても、モードドア30の移動量がミックスドア20に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、ミックスドア20のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105よりも間隔L10が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (move to the right in FIG. 19), only the interval L6 is reduced, and all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. There is no. For this reason, even if the mode door 30 moves to the right side of FIG. 19, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20 even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L6. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are the same as the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, and L105, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図20において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L7が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Further, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 20), the interval L7 is the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, the interval Since it is smaller than L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図20において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L7(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、ミックスドア20が、図20の左側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L7よりも間隔L4が小さくても、ミックスドア20の移動量がモードドア30に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、モードドア30のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106よりも間隔L7が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 20), all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L7 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, only the interval L4 is reduced, and none of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 is reduced. For this reason, even if the mix door 20 moves to the left side of FIG. 20, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L7. For this reason, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mode door 30 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L7 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例2の第3例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, even in the third example of the second embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第4例)
 そして、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第4例を、図22及び図23を用いて説明する。
(4th example)
And the regulation suitably comprised by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30, and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restricting the movement of the supported parts 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A fourth example of the mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図22及び図23に示されるように、本実施例の第1例から第3例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図22及び図23に示されるように、本実施例の第1例から第3例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22bの外面からケース部材2bに向かって延びたドア延出部51が当接可能とされている。ドア延出部51は、図示しないが、第1例の図15や第2例の図18と同様に、第1の被支持部の他方21bを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, the restriction mechanism 50a includes the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall) as in the first to third examples of the present embodiment. Therefore, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. Further, as shown in FIG. 22 and FIG. 23, the restriction mechanism 50b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the first to third examples of the present embodiment. Thus, the door extension 51 extending from the outer surface of the side wall 22b toward the case member 2b can be brought into contact. Although not shown, the door extension 51 is an arc extending along the circumferential direction with the other side 21b of the first supported portion as the center point, as in FIG. 15 of the first example and FIG. 18 of the second example. It has a shape.
 規制機構60aは、図22及び図23に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2aのうちモードドア30の側壁部32aの外面と対峙し且つミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21aよりも上方側となる部位をケース部材2aの他の部位よりもケース部材2b側に折り曲げることで形成された平板状の段差面66を有する。そして、この段差面66が側壁部32aの外面に当接可能となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図22及び図23に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2bの内面のうちモードドア30の側壁部32bの外面と対峙し且つミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21bの周壁部28bよりも上方側となる部位をケース部材2bの他の部位よりもケース部材2a側に折り曲げることで形成された平板状の段差面67を有する。そして、この段差面67が側壁部32bの外面に当接可能となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, the restriction mechanism 60a includes the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30 in the case member 2a. A flat stepped surface formed by bending a portion that faces the outer surface of the mix door 20 and is above the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 to the case member 2b side of the other portion of the case member 2a. 66. And this level | step difference surface 66 can contact | abut on the outer surface of the side wall part 32a. Further, as shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, the restriction mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and the mode door 30 of the inner surface of the case member 2b. By bending a portion that faces the outer surface of the side wall portion 32b and is above the peripheral wall portion 28b of the first supported portion 21b of the mix door 20 to the case member 2a side than the other portion of the case member 2b. A flat stepped surface 67 is formed. And this level | step difference surface 67 can contact | abut on the outer surface of the side wall part 32b.
 次に、図22を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L8、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 22, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, with the intervals L8, L102, and L103 being the same as those in the first embodiment.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L8が存在する。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)のドア延出部51とケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L10が存在する。間隔L10は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L103の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L10は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, there is an interval L8 similar to that in the first embodiment. A gap L10 exists between the door extension 51 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L10 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, in addition to the interval L102 and the interval L103 similar to those in the first embodiment, the outer surface of the side wall 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided. And an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist. The interval L10 is set smaller than any of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106.
 また、図23を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1と同様の間隔は、間隔L9、間隔L4、間隔L102、間隔L103と、実施例1と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 23, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) A dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment, and the description thereof will be simplified for the intervals L9, L4, L102, and L103.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L9が存在し、ミックスドアモードドア20(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1と同様の間隔L102、間隔L102の他、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bの外面とモードドア30の第2の被支持部の他方31bとの間隔L105と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の第2の被支持部31bとの間隔L106とが存在する。そして、間隔L9は、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a, there is an interval L9 similar to that in the first embodiment, and between the mixed door mode door 20 (second door) and the case member 2b, An interval L4 similar to that in the first embodiment exists. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, in addition to the interval L102 and the interval L102 similar to the first embodiment, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the other 31b of the second supported portion of the mode door 30 are provided. And an interval L106 between the other first supported portion 31b of the mix door 20 and the second supported portion 31b of the mode door 30 exist. The interval L9 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106.
 このことから、間隔L8と間隔L9とが等しく、間隔L8、L9は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L10と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L10、L4は間隔L102、L103、L105、L106より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L106間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L8 is equal to the distance L9, and the distances L8 and L9 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the size between the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 is not important). The distance L10 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L10 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, and L106 are not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図22において、右側に移動)する場合に、実施例2の第1例から第3例と同様に、間隔L10が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 22), the first of the second embodiment. From the example to the third example, since the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 can contact in the direction along the rotation axis. Absent.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図22において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L8のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、モードドア30が、図22の右側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L10(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L8よりも間隔L10が小さくても、モードドア30の移動量がミックスドア20に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、ミックスドア20のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105よりも間隔L10が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (move to the right in FIG. 22), only the interval L8 is reduced, and all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. There is no. For this reason, even if the mode door 30 moves to the right side of FIG. 22, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L10 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the movement amount of the mode door 30 does not affect the mix door 20 even if the interval L10 is smaller than the interval L8. Therefore, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are the same as the case where only the mix door 20 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L10 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, and L105, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図23において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L9が間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 In addition, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 23), the interval L9 is the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, the interval Since it is smaller than L106, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図23において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれもが縮まる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106よりも間隔L9(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4のみが縮まり、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106のいずれも縮まることがない。このため、ミックスドア20が、図23の左側に移動しても、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L9よりも間隔L4が小さくても、ミックスドア20の移動量がモードドア30に影響しない。このため、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、モードドア30のみが移動するのと同様に、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106のいずれもが縮むが、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、L106よりも間隔L9が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L103、間隔L105、間隔L106がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 23), all of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 are reduced. Here, since the interval L9 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and the interval L106 become zero. There is nothing. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, only the interval L4 is reduced, and none of the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 is reduced. For this reason, even if the mix door 20 moves to the left side of FIG. 23, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the movement amount of the mix door 20 does not affect the mode door 30 even if the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L9. For this reason, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the interval L102, the interval L103, the interval L105, and L106 are similar to the case where only the mode door 30 moves. All of them shrink, but since the interval L9 is smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106, the intervals L102, L103, L105, and L106 do not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例2の第4例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, also in the fourth example of the second embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 図24から図33において、ドアの保持構造の実施例3が示されている。 24 to 33 show a third embodiment of the door holding structure.
 ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21a(第1の被支持部の一方)は、図26及び図29に示されるように、側壁部22aから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円筒状に延出することにより形成されている。そして、第1の被支持部の一方21aは、空調ケース2の対向するケース部材2a(第1の壁)、2b(第2の壁)のうちのケース部材2aに形成された軸受孔41に回転自在に支持されていると共に筒孔25を有したものとなっている。また、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21b(第1の被支持部の他方)は、図26及び図29に示されるように、側壁部22bから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて円筒状に延出することにより形成されている。そして、第1の被支持部の他方21bは、空調ケース2の対向するケース部材2a、2bのうちのケース部材2bに形成された軸受孔42に回転自在に支持されていると共に筒孔26を有したものとなっている。 The first supported portion 21a (one of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 faces the outside of the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22a, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape. And one side 21a of the 1st supported part is in bearing hole 41 formed in case member 2a of case member 2a (1st wall) and 2b (2nd wall) which air conditioning case 2 counters. It is rotatably supported and has a cylindrical hole 25. Further, the first supported portion 21b (the other of the first supported portions) of the mix door 20 is placed on the outer side of the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 22b, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending in a cylindrical shape. The other 21b of the first supported portion is rotatably supported by a bearing hole 42 formed in the case member 2b of the case members 2a and 2b facing the air conditioning case 2 and the cylindrical hole 26. It has become.
 そして、筒孔25、26は、軸線方向から見て円形状をなし、その内径寸法は、下記するモードドア30の最大横幅寸法より大きくなっていると共に、被支持部21a、21bは、当該被支持部21a、21bの軸線に沿った方向に延びると共に筒孔25、26と連通したスリット部29、30を有している。スリット部29の被支持部21a、21bの円周方向に沿った方向(軸線に沿った方向と交差する方向)の幅は、下記するモードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの縮幅部36、37の最短幅寸法より僅かに大きくなっている。これに伴い、被支持部21a、21bのスリット部29から第2の被支持部31a、31bの縮幅部36、37を筒孔25、26内に挿入した後、第2の被支持部31a、31bの縮幅部36、37を筒孔25、26内で回転させることが可能になっている。 The cylindrical holes 25 and 26 have a circular shape when viewed from the axial direction, and the inner diameter thereof is larger than the maximum width of the mode door 30 described below, and the supported portions 21a and 21b It has slit parts 29 and 30 that extend in the direction along the axis of the support parts 21a and 21b and communicate with the cylindrical holes 25 and 26. The width in the direction along the circumferential direction of the supported portions 21a and 21b of the slit portion 29 (the direction intersecting the direction along the axis) is reduced by the second supported portions 31a and 31b of the mode door 30 described below. It is slightly larger than the shortest width dimension of the width portions 36 and 37. Accordingly, after the reduced width portions 36 and 37 of the second supported portions 31a and 31b are inserted into the cylindrical holes 25 and 26 from the slit portion 29 of the supported portions 21a and 21b, the second supported portion 31a. , 31b can be rotated within the cylindrical holes 25, 26.
 モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a(第2の被支持部の一方)は、図26及び図29に示されるように、側壁部32aから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて延出することで形成されている。そして、第2の被支持部の一方31aは、少なくとも側壁部32aから所要範囲においては薄肉の板状の縮幅部36となっている。また、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31b(第2の被支持部の他方)は、図26及び図29に示されるように、側壁部32bから回転軸線上を空調ケース2の外側に向けて延出することで形成されている。そして、第2の被支持部の他方31bは、少なくとも側壁部32bから所要範囲においては薄肉の板状の縮幅部37となっている。更に、縮幅部36、37は、この実施例3では相対的に幅の広い側面が傾斜した状態で側壁部32a又は32bから延出している。 The second supported portion 31a (one of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 faces the outside of the air conditioning case 2 on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32a, as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending. One of the second supported parts 31a is a thin plate-like reduced width part 36 at least in a required range from the side wall part 32a. Further, the second supported portion 31b (the other of the second supported portions) of the mode door 30 is placed on the rotation axis from the side wall portion 32b to the outside of the air conditioning case 2 as shown in FIGS. It is formed by extending towards. Then, the other 31b of the second supported portion is a thin plate-like reduced width portion 37 at least in the required range from the side wall portion 32b. Further, in the third embodiment, the reduced width portions 36 and 37 extend from the side wall portion 32a or 32b with the relatively wide side surfaces inclined.
 このような構成のミックスドア20とモードドア30とを組み付けるには、図26(a)、図29(a)に示されるように、第1の被支持部21a、21bと第2の被支持部31a、31bとを近接した状態でミックスドア20とモードドア30とを対向させ、その状態から、モードドア30を傾けて、第2の被支持部31a、31bの縮幅部36、37の最短幅の部位を第1の被支持部21a、21bのスリット部29に合せて、第2の被支持部31a、31bの縮幅部36、37をスリット部29から第1の被支持部21a、21bの筒孔25、26内に挿入した後、縮幅部36、37を筒孔25、26内で回転させることで、図26(b)、図29(b)に示されるように、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とを仮組み付けする。 To assemble the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 having such a configuration, as shown in FIGS. 26A and 29A, the first supported portions 21a and 21b and the second supported The mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are opposed to each other with the portions 31a and 31b being close to each other. The shortest width portion is aligned with the slit portion 29 of the first supported portions 21a and 21b, and the reduced width portions 36 and 37 of the second supported portions 31a and 31b are moved from the slit portion 29 to the first supported portion 21a. After being inserted into the cylindrical holes 25 and 26 of 21b, the reduced width portions 36 and 37 are rotated within the cylindrical holes 25 and 26, as shown in FIGS. 26 (b) and 29 (b). The mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are temporarily assembled.
 その後、図示しないが、これまでの実施例1、2と同様に、左右に分割された状態のケース部材2a、2bに、ミックスドア20、モードドア30を回転軸線方向から近づけて、第1の被支持部の一方21aをケース部材2aの軸受孔41に挿入し、第2の被支持部の他方31bをケース部材2bの軸受孔42に挿入し、ケース部材2a、2bを組み合わせて空調ケース2を構成する。 Thereafter, although not shown in the drawings, as in the first and second embodiments so far, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are brought closer to the rotation axis along the case members 2a and 2b that are divided into the left and right sides. One side 21a of the supported part is inserted into the bearing hole 41 of the case member 2a, the other part 31b of the second supported part is inserted into the bearing hole 42 of the case member 2b, and the case members 2a and 2b are combined to form the air conditioning case 2. Configure.
 (第1例)
 次に、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿う方向への移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第1例を、図24から図26に基づいて説明する。
(First example)
Next, the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b are appropriately configured to restrict the movement of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the supported portions 21 and 31. A first example of the restriction mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図24から図26に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、第1の被支持部の一方21aのケース部材2aよりも外側に突出した端側部位から当該第1の被支持部の一方の径方向外側(この実施例では径方向下側)に延びた一方側ドア延出部52を有している。そして、この一方側ドア延出部52が当該ケース部材2aの外面に当接可能となっている。また、規制機構50bは、図24から図26に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、第1の被支持部の他方21bのケース部材2bよりも外側に突出した部位から当該第1の被支持部の他方21bの径方向外側(この実施例では径方向下側)に延びた他方側ドア延出部53を有している。そして、この他方側ドア延出部53が当該ケース部材2bの外面に当接可能となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 24 to 26, the restriction mechanism 50a is composed of the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member of the first supported portion 21a. It has the one side door extension part 52 extended from the end side site | part which protruded outside 2a to the one radial direction outer side (radial direction lower side in this Example) of the said 1st to-be-supported part. And this one side door extension part 52 can contact | abut on the outer surface of the said case member 2a. Further, as shown in FIGS. 24 to 26, the restriction mechanism 50b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall), and the other of the first supported parts 21b. It has the other side door extension part 53 extended from the site | part which protruded outside the case member 2b to the radial direction outer side (in this embodiment radial direction lower side) of the other 21b of the said 1st supported part. . And this other side door extension part 53 can contact | abut on the outer surface of the said case member 2b.
 規制機構60aは、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、第2の被支持部の一方31aの端側部位のうちケース部材2aよりも外側で第1の被支持部の一方21aよりも更に外側に突出した部位から当該第2の被支持部の一方31aの径方向外側(この実施例では径方向上側)に延びた部位(延出部位68a)と、この延出部位68aからケース部材2aの側に延びた延出部位68bとから成るフック状の一方側ドア延出部68を有している。そして、この一方側ドア延出部68がケース部材2aの外面に当接可能となっている。また、規制機構60bは、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、第2の被支持部の他方31bの端側部位のうちケース部材2bよりも外側で第1の被支持部の他方21bよりも更に外側に突出した部位から当該第2の被支持部の他方31bの径方向外側(この実施例では径方向上側)に延びた部位(延出部位69a)と、この延出部位69aからケース部材2bの側に延びた延出部位69bとから成るフック状の他方側ドア延出部69を有している。そして、この他方側ドア延出部69がケース部材2bの外面に当接可能となっている。 The restricting mechanism 60a is composed of the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), and the first of the end portions of one end 31a of the second supported portion is outside the case member 2a. A part (extension part 68a) extending from a part protruding further outward than one side 21a of one supported part to a radially outer side (in the radial direction upper side in this embodiment) of one side 31a of the second supported part And a hook-like one-side door extension 68 comprising an extension part 68b extending from the extension part 68a toward the case member 2a. And this one side door extension part 68 can contact | abut on the outer surface of case member 2a. Further, the regulation mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and is outside the case member 2b in the end side portion of the other 31b of the second supported portion. The portion (extension portion) extending from the portion protruding further outward than the other 21b of the first supported portion to the radially outer side (in the radial direction upper side in this embodiment) of the other 31b of the second supported portion. 69a) and an extension part 69b extending from the extension part 69a toward the case member 2b. And this other side door extension part 69 can contact | abut on the outer surface of the case member 2b.
 次に、図24を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2b(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 24, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2b (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the interval L102 and the first and second embodiments, and the same intervals as in the second embodiment are the same as the interval L105 and the second embodiment. The same reference numerals are used to simplify the description.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の他方側ドア延出部69とケース部材2bの外面との間には間隔L11が存在する。間隔L11は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の他方側ドア延出部53とケース部材2bの外面との間には間隔L12が存在する。間隔L12は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105の他、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の他方側ドア延出部69との間隔L107と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の一方31aとモードドア30の一方側ドア延出部69との間隔L108とが存在する。そして、間隔L11は、間隔L102、間隔L1105、間隔L1107、間隔L108のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。また、間隔L12は、間隔L102、間隔L105、間隔L107、間隔L108のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 A space L11 exists between the other side door extension 69 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the outer surface of the case member 2b. The interval L11 is a movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis. A gap L12 exists between the other side door extension 53 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the outer surface of the case member 2b. The interval L12 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, the distance L102 similar to the first and second embodiments, the same distance L105 as the second embodiment, and the other 31b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 and the mode There is an interval L107 between the door 30 and the other side door extension 69, and an interval L108 between the first supported portion 31a of the mix door 20 and the one side door extension 69 of the mode door 30. The interval L11 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L1105, the interval L1107, and the interval L108. The interval L12 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L105, the interval L107, and the interval L108.
 次に、図25を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2b(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 25, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2b (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the interval L102 and the first and second embodiments, and the same intervals as in the second embodiment are the same as the interval L105 and the second embodiment. The same reference numerals are used to simplify the description.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)の一方側ドア延出部68とケース部材2aの外面との間には間隔L13が存在する。間隔L13は、モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっており、間隔L11と等しい。ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の一方側ドア延出部52とケース部材2aの外面との間には間隔L14が存在する。間隔L14は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっており、間隔L12と等しい。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105の他、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の他方31bとモードドア30の他方側ドア延出部69との間隔L107と、ミックスドア20の第1の被支持部の一方31aとモードドア30の一方側ドア延出部69との間隔L108とが存在する。そして、間隔L13は、間隔L102、間隔L1105、間隔L1107、間隔L108のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。また、間隔L14は、間隔L102、間隔L105、間隔L107、間隔L108のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 A space L13 exists between the one side door extension 68 of the mode door 30 (second door) and the outer surface of the case member 2a. The interval L13 is a moving range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L11. A gap L14 exists between the one-side door extension 52 of the mix door 20 (first door) and the outer surface of the case member 2a. The interval L14 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction, and is equal to the interval L12. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, the distance L102 similar to the first and second embodiments, the same distance L105 as the second embodiment, and the other 31b of the first supported portion of the mix door 20 and the mode There is an interval L107 between the door 30 and the other side door extension 69, and an interval L108 between the first supported portion 31a of the mix door 20 and the one side door extension 69 of the mode door 30. The interval L13 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L1105, the interval L1107, and the interval L108. The interval L14 is set smaller than any of the interval L102, the interval L105, the interval L107, and the interval L108.
 このことから、間隔L11と間隔L13とが等しく、間隔L11、L13は間隔L102、L103、L105、L107、L108より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L107、L108間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L12と間隔L14とが等しく、間隔L12、L14は間隔L102、L103、L105、L107、L108より小さい(間隔L102、L103、L105、L107、L108間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the interval L11 is equal to the interval L13, and the intervals L11 and L13 are smaller than the intervals L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 (the size between the intervals L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 is not important). It is in. The distance L12 is equal to the distance L14, and the distances L12 and L14 are smaller than the distances L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 (the sizes of the distances L102, L103, L105, L107, and L108 are irrelevant). .
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図24において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L11が間隔L102、間隔L107よりも小さく、間隔L12が間隔L105、間隔L108よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the left in FIG. 24), the interval L11 is the interval L102. Since the distance L12 is smaller than the distance L107 and the distance L12 is smaller than the distance L105 and the distance L108, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図24において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102、間隔L107が縮み、間隔L105、間隔L108が広がる。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L107よりも間隔L11(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、L107がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102、間隔L107が広がり、間隔L105、間隔L108が縮む。ここで、間隔L105、間隔L108よりも間隔L12(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105、間隔L108がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L12よりも間隔L11が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L102、間隔L107が広がり、間隔L105、間隔L108が縮む。ここで、間隔L105、間隔L108よりも間隔L12が小さいので、間隔L105、間隔L108がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the left in FIG. 24), the interval L102 and the interval L107 are reduced, and the interval L105 and the interval L108 are increased. Here, since the distance L11 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L107, the distances L102 and L107 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L102 and the interval L107 are widened, and the interval L105 and the interval L108 are shortened. Here, since the distance L12 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L105 and the distance L108, the distance L105 and the distance L108 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the distance L11 is smaller than the distance L12. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L102 The interval L107 is widened, and the interval L105 and the interval L108 are shortened. Here, since the distance L12 is smaller than the distance L105 and the distance L108, the distance L105 and the distance L108 do not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動(図25において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L13が間隔L105、間隔L108よりも小さく、間隔L14が間隔L102、間隔L107よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Further, when the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a (move to the right in FIG. 25), the interval L13 is smaller than the intervals L105 and L108, and the interval L14 Is smaller than the interval L102 and the interval L107, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図25において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L105、間隔L108が縮み、間隔L102、間隔L107が広がる。ここで、間隔L105、間隔L108よりも間隔L13(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105、L108がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L105、間隔L108が広がり、間隔L102、L107が縮む。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L14(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102、L107がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L14よりも間隔L13が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L105、間隔L108が広がり、間隔L102、間隔L107が縮む。ここで、間隔L102、間隔L107よりも間隔L14が小さいので、間隔L102、間隔L107がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the right in FIG. 25), the interval L105 and the interval L108 are reduced, and the interval L102 and the interval L107 are increased. Here, since the distance L13 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L105 and the distance L108, the distances L105 and L108 do not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, the interval L105 and the interval L108 are widened, and the intervals L102 and L107 are reduced. Here, since the distance L14 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102, the distances L102 and L107 do not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the distance L13 is smaller than the distance L14. The interval L108 is widened, and the interval L102 and the interval L107 are shortened. Here, since the distance L14 is smaller than the distance L102 and the distance L107, the distance L102 and the distance L107 do not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例3の第1例によれば、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, according to the first example of the third embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第2例)
 更に、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿う方向への移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第2例を、図27から図29を用いて説明する。
(Second example)
Furthermore, the restriction | limiting comprised suitably by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30, and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restrict | limiting the movement to the direction along the rotating shaft line of the supported parts 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30. A second example of the mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図27、図28に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図27、図28に示されるように、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the restriction mechanism 50a includes the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall). It can be contacted. As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the restriction mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall). It is possible to contact the inner surface.
 規制機構60aは、図27から図29に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部32aの外面からケース部材2aに向かって延びた一方側ドア延出部61がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。一方側ドア延出部61は、この実施例では、図29に示されるように、第2の被支持部の一方31aを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図27から図29に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部32bの外面からケース部材2bに向かって延びた他方側ドア延出部63がケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。他方側ドア延出部63は、この実施例では、図29に示されるように、第2の被支持部の他方31bを中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 27 to 29, the restriction mechanism 60a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall), from the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a toward the case member 2a. The extended one-side door extension 61 can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29, the one-side door extension portion 61 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction centering on one side 31a of the second supported portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 27 to FIG. 29, the restriction mechanism 60b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall), and from the outer surface of the side wall 32b to the case member 2b. The other-side door extension 63 extending toward the inner side of the case member 2b can be brought into contact therewith. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29, the other side door extension portion 63 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the other end 31b of the second supported portion as a center point.
 次に、図27を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L5、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 27, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the intervals similar to those in the first and second embodiments are given the same reference numerals as the intervals L5 and L102, and the first and second embodiments, and the intervals similar to the second embodiment are the intervals L105 and The same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are assigned to simplify the description.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L5が存在する。また、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の側壁部22bとケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L15が存在する。間隔L15は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105が存在する。そして、間隔L5は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L15は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, an interval L5 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists. Moreover, the space | interval L15 exists between the side wall part 22b of the mix door 20 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L15 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L5 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L15 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
 また、図28を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L3、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 28, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) A dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the intervals similar to those in the first and second embodiments are given the same reference numerals as the intervals L3 and L102 and the first and second embodiments, and the intervals similar to those in the second embodiment are the intervals L105 and L105. The same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are assigned to simplify the description.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L3が存在する。また、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105が存在する。そして、間隔L3は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L4は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a, an interval L3 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists. Further, a gap L4 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mix door 20 (first door) and the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L3 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L4 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
 このことから、間隔L5と間隔L3とが等しく、間隔L5、L3は間隔L102、L105より小さい(間隔L102、L105間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L15と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L15、L4は間隔L102、L105より小さい(間隔L102、L105間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L5 is equal to the distance L3, and the distances L5 and L3 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important). The distance L15 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L15 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図27において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L5が間隔L105よりも小さく、間隔L15が間隔L102よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 27), the interval L5 is greater than the interval L105. Since the distance L15 is smaller than the distance L102, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図27において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L105が縮み、間隔L102が広がる。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L5(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L105が広がり、間隔L102が縮む。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L15(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L15よりも間隔L5が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L105が広がり、間隔L102が縮む。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L15が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moved to the right in FIG. 27), the interval L105 is reduced and the interval L102 is increased. Here, since the distance L5 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the distance L105, the distance L105 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L105 widens and the interval L102 shrinks. Here, since the interval L15 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L102 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the distance L5 is smaller than the distance L15. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than that of the mix door 20, and the distance L105 Increases and the interval L102 decreases. Here, since the interval L15 is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L102 does not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図28において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L3が間隔L102よりも小さく、間隔L4が間隔L105よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 When one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 28), the interval L3 is smaller than the interval L102, and the interval L4 is the interval. Since it is smaller than L105, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図28において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102が縮み、間隔L105が広がる。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L3(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102が広がり、間隔L105が縮む。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L4(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4よりも間隔L3が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L102が広がり、間隔L105が縮む。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L4が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moved to the left in FIG. 28), the interval L102 is reduced and the interval L105 is increased. Here, since the distance L3 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102, the distance L102 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, the interval L102 increases and the interval L105 decreases. Here, since the interval L4 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the distance L3 is smaller than the distance L4. Increases and the interval L105 decreases. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例3の第2例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bとの当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, even in the second example of the third embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第3例)
 更にまた、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第3例を、図30及び図31を用いて説明する。
(Third example)
Furthermore, it is appropriately configured by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30 and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restricting the movement of the supported portions 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A third example of the restriction mechanisms 50a and 50b and 60a and 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図30、図31に示されるように、本実施例の第2例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図30、図31に示されるように、本実施例の第2例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the restriction mechanism 50 a is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2 a (first wall) as in the second example of the present embodiment. The outer surface of the portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. Further, as shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the regulating mechanism 50b is configured by the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall), as in the second example of the present embodiment. The outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can contact the inner surface of the case member 2b.
 規制機構60aは、図30、図31に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2aの内面から第2ドア30に向かって延びた一方側壁延出部64が第2ドア30の側壁部32aの外面に当接可能とされている。一方側壁延出部64は、特に図示しないが、図10(a)に示される一方側壁延出部64と同様に、軸受孔41を中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。また、規制機構60bは、図30、図31に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、ケース部材2bの内面から第2ドア30に向かって延びた他方側壁延出部65が第2ドア30の側壁部32bの外面に当接可能とされている。他方側壁延出部65は、特に図示しないが、図10(b)に示される他方側壁延出部65と同様に、軸受孔42を中心点とした円周方向に沿って延びる円弧形状となっている。 As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the restriction mechanism 60 a is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 a (first wall), and faces the second door 30 from the inner surface of the case member 2 a. The one side wall extending portion 64 extending so as to be able to abut on the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 a of the second door 30. On the other hand, the side wall extending portion 64 is not particularly illustrated, but has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 41 as the center point, similarly to the one side wall extending portion 64 shown in FIG. ing. Further, as shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the restriction mechanism 60 b is configured by the second door 30 and the case member 2 b (second wall), and the second door 30 extends from the inner surface of the case member 2 b. The other side wall extending portion 65 extending toward the side can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall portion 32 b of the second door 30. Although not particularly illustrated, the other side wall extending portion 65 has an arc shape extending along the circumferential direction with the bearing hole 42 as the center point, similarly to the other side wall extending portion 65 shown in FIG. ing.
 次に、図30を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L6、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 30, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in a state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the first and second embodiments, and the same interval as that of the first and second embodiments. The same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are assigned to simplify the description.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L6が存在する。また、ミックスドア20の側壁部22bとケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L15が存在する。間隔L15は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105が存在する。そして、間隔L6は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L15は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, an interval L6 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists. Further, a gap L15 exists between the side wall portion 22b of the mix door 20 and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L15 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L6 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L15 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
 また、図31を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L7、間隔L4、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 In addition, referring to FIG. 31, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) A dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the same intervals as those in the first and second embodiments are the same as the intervals L7, L4, and L102, and the same symbols as those in the first and second embodiments. L105 and the code | symbol common with Example 2 are attached | subjected, and the description is simplified.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L7が存在する。また、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105が存在する。そして、間隔L7は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L4は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a, an interval L7 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists. Further, a gap L4 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mix door 20 (first door) and the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L7 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L4 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
 このことから、間隔L6と間隔L7とが等しく、間隔L6、L7は間隔L102、L105より小さい(間隔L102、L105間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L15と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L15、L4は間隔L102、L105より小さい(間隔L102、L105間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L6 is equal to the distance L7, and the distances L6 and L7 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important). The distance L15 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L15 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図30において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L6が間隔L105よりも小さく、間隔L15が間隔L102よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 30), the interval L6 is greater than the interval L105. Since the distance L15 is smaller than the distance L102, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図30において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L105が縮み、間隔L102が広がる。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L6(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L105が広がり、間隔L102が縮む。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L15(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L15よりも間隔L6が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L105が広がり、間隔L102が縮む。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L15が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 30), the interval L105 is reduced and the interval L102 is increased. Here, since the interval L6 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L105 widens and the interval L102 shrinks. Here, since the interval L15 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L102 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the distance L6 is smaller than the distance L15. Increases and the interval L102 decreases. Here, since the interval L15 is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L102 does not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図31において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L7が間隔L102よりも小さく、間隔L4が間隔L105よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 When one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 31), the interval L7 is smaller than the interval L102, and the interval L4 is the interval. Since it is smaller than L105, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図31において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102が縮み、間隔L105が広がる。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L7(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102が広がり、間隔L105が縮む。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L4(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4よりも間隔L7が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L102が広がり、間隔L105が縮む。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L4が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 31), the interval L102 is reduced and the interval L105 is increased. Here, since the distance L7 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the distance L102, the distance L102 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, the interval L102 increases and the interval L105 decreases. Here, since the interval L4 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the distance L7 is smaller than the distance L4. Increases and the interval L105 decreases. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例3の第3例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bの延出部64、65との当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, also in the third example of the third embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the extending portions 64 and 65 of the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 (第4例)
 そして、ドア20、30の被支持部21、31の回転軸線に沿った方向の移動を規制するための、ミックスドア20又はモードドア30とケース部材2a又はケース部材2bとで適宜構成された規制機構50a、50b及び60a、60bの第4例を、図32及び図33を用いて説明する。
(4th example)
And the regulation suitably comprised by the mix door 20 or the mode door 30, and the case member 2a or the case member 2b for restricting the movement of the supported parts 21 and 31 of the doors 20 and 30 in the direction along the rotation axis. A fourth example of the mechanisms 50a, 50b and 60a, 60b will be described with reference to FIGS.
 規制機構50aは、図32、図33に示されるように、本実施例の第2例及び第3例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2aの内面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構50bは、図32、図33に示されるように、本実施例の第2例及び第3例と同様に、第1ドア20とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成されるもので、側壁部22aの外面がケース部材2bの内面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33, the restriction mechanism 50a includes the first door 20 and the case member 2a (first wall) as in the second and third examples of the present embodiment. Therefore, the outer surface of the side wall portion 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2a. Further, as shown in FIGS. 32 and 33, the restriction mechanism 50b includes the first door 20 and the case member 2b (second wall) as in the second and third examples of the present embodiment. Thus, the outer surface of the side wall 22a can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the case member 2b.
 規制機構60aは、図32、図33に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2a(第1の壁)とで構成される。そして、規制機構60aは、ケース部材2aのうちモードドア30の側壁部32aの外面と対峙し且つミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21aよりも上方側となる部位をケース部材2aの他の部位よりもケース部材2b側に折り曲げることで形成された平板状の段差面66を有して、この段差面66が側壁部32aの外面に当接可能とされている。また、規制機構60bは、図32、図33に示されるように、第2ドア30とケース部材2b(第2の壁)とで構成される。そして、規制機構60bは、ケース部材2bの内面のうちモードドア30の側壁部32bの外面と対峙し且つミックスドア20の第1の被支持部21bの周壁部28bよりも上方側となる部位をケース部材2bの他の部位よりもケース部材2a側に折り曲げることで形成された平板状の段差面67を有して、この段差面67が側壁部32bの外面に当接可能とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33, the regulating mechanism 60a includes the second door 30 and the case member 2a (first wall). The restricting mechanism 60a is configured so that the portion of the case member 2a that faces the outer surface of the side wall portion 32a of the mode door 30 and that is above the first supported portion 21a of the mix door 20 is the other portion of the case member 2a. A flat stepped surface 66 is formed by bending the portion closer to the case member 2b. The stepped surface 66 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall 32a. Further, as shown in FIG. 32 and FIG. 33, the restriction mechanism 60b includes the second door 30 and the case member 2b (second wall). And the control mechanism 60b opposes the outer surface of the side wall part 32b of the mode door 30 among the inner surfaces of the case member 2b, and is located above the peripheral wall part 28b of the first supported part 21b of the mix door 20. A flat stepped surface 67 is formed by bending the other part of the case member 2b toward the case member 2a, and the stepped surface 67 can be brought into contact with the outer surface of the side wall 32b.
 次に、図32を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L8、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 Next, referring to FIG. 32, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) The dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2a will be described below. However, the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals as the first and second embodiments, and the same interval as that of the first and second embodiments. The same reference numerals as those in the second embodiment are used to simplify the description.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2bとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L8が存在する。また、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)の側壁部22bとケース部材2bの内面との間には間隔L15が存在する。間隔L15は、ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲となっている。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105が存在する。そして、間隔L8は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L15は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2b, an interval L8 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists. Moreover, the space | interval L15 exists between the side wall part 22b of the mix door 20 (1st door), and the inner surface of the case member 2b. The interval L15 is a moving range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L8 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L15 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
 また、図33を用いて、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)と、モードドア30(第2ドア)と、ケース部材2a(第1の壁)と、ケース部材2b(第2の壁)との間の、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに当接した状態における、寸法関係について以下に説明する。但し、実施例1及び実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L9、間隔L4、間隔L102と、実施例1及び実施例2と共通の符号を付し、実施例2と同様の間隔は、間隔L105と、実施例2と共通の符号を付して、その説明を簡略化する。 33, the mix door 20 (first door), the mode door 30 (second door), the case member 2a (first wall), and the case member 2b (second wall) A dimensional relationship in the state where the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 are in contact with the case member 2b will be described below. However, the same intervals as in the first and second embodiments are the same as the intervals L9, L4, and L102, and the same symbols as those in the first and second embodiments. L105 and the code | symbol common with Example 2 are attached | subjected, and the description is simplified.
 モードドア30(第2ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L9が存在する。また、ミックスドア20(第1ドア)とケース部材2aとの間には、実施例1、実施例2と同様の間隔L4が存在する。ミックスドア20とモードドア30との間には、実施例1、2と同様の間隔L102、実施例2と同様の間隔L105が存在する。そして、間隔L9は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定され、間隔L4は、間隔L102、間隔L105のいずれよりも小さく設定されている。 Between the mode door 30 (second door) and the case member 2a, an interval L9 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists. Further, a gap L4 similar to that in the first and second embodiments exists between the mix door 20 (first door) and the case member 2a. Between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30, there is an interval L102 similar to the first and second embodiments and an interval L105 similar to the second embodiment. The interval L9 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105, and the interval L4 is set smaller than both the interval L102 and the interval L105.
 このことから、間隔L8と間隔L9とが等しく、間隔L8、L9は間隔L102、L105より小さい(間隔L102、L105間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。そして、間隔L15と間隔L4とが等しく、間隔L15、L4は間隔L102、L105より小さい(間隔L102、L105間の大小は不問。)寸法関係にある。 Therefore, the distance L8 is equal to the distance L9, and the distances L8 and L9 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important). The distance L15 is equal to the distance L4, and the distances L15 and L4 are smaller than the distances L102 and L105 (the size between the distances L102 and L105 is not important).
 このような寸法関係にあるので、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図32において、右側に移動)する場合に、間隔L8が間隔L105よりも小さく、間隔L15が間隔L102よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Because of such a dimensional relationship, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 32), the interval L8 is greater than the interval L105. Since the distance L15 is smaller than the distance L102, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動(図32において、右側に移動)する場合、間隔L105が縮み、間隔L102が広がる。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L8(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2bに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L105が広がり、間隔L102が縮む。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L15(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2bに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L15よりも間隔L8が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L105が広がり、間隔L102が縮む。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L15が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2b (moves to the right in FIG. 32), the interval L105 is reduced and the interval L102 is increased. Here, since the distance L8 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the distance L105, the distance L105 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2b, the interval L105 widens and the interval L102 shrinks. Here, since the interval L15 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L102 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2b, the distance L8 is smaller than the distance L15. Increases and the interval L102 decreases. Here, since the interval L15 is smaller than the interval L102, the interval L102 does not become zero.
 また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との一方又は双方がケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図33において、左側に移動)する場合に、間隔L9が間隔L102よりも小さく、間隔L4が間隔L105よりも小さいことから、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とは回転軸線に沿った方向において、当接することがない。 Further, when one or both of the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (move to the left in FIG. 33), the interval L9 is smaller than the interval L102, and the interval L4 is the interval. Since it is smaller than L105, the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact in the direction along the rotation axis.
 すなわち、モードドア30のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動(図33において、左側に移動)する場合、間隔L102が縮み、間隔L105が広がる。ここで、間隔L102よりも間隔L9(モードドア30の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L102がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20のみがケース部材2aに当接するように移動する場合、間隔L102が広がり、間隔L105が縮む。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L4(ミックスドア20の回転軸方向への移動範囲)が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。ミックスドア20とモードドア30とがケース部材2aに対しそれぞれが当接するように移動する場合、間隔L4よりも間隔L9が小さいので、ミックスドア20よりもモードドア30の移動量が少なく、間隔L102が広がり、間隔L105が縮む。ここで、間隔L105よりも間隔L4が小さいので、間隔L105がゼロとなることがない。 That is, when only the mode door 30 moves so as to contact the case member 2a (moves to the left in FIG. 33), the interval L102 is reduced and the interval L105 is increased. Here, since the distance L9 (the movement range of the mode door 30 in the rotation axis direction) is smaller than the distance L102, the distance L102 does not become zero. When only the mix door 20 moves so as to contact the case member 2a, the interval L102 increases and the interval L105 decreases. Here, since the interval L4 (the movement range of the mix door 20 in the direction of the rotation axis) is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero. When the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 move so as to contact each other with respect to the case member 2a, the distance L9 is smaller than the distance L4. Therefore, the movement amount of the mode door 30 is smaller than the mix door 20, and the distance L102 Increases and the interval L105 decreases. Here, since the interval L4 is smaller than the interval L105, the interval L105 does not become zero.
 しかるに、実施例3の第4例によっても、モードドア30の第2の被支持部31a、31bの回転軸線に沿った方向の移動に対する規制は、ミックスドア20とモードドア30との当接によらずに、ケース部材2a、2bの段差面66、67との当接のみによって行われるので、モードドア30の移動範囲を小さくすることができる。また、ミックスドア20とモードドア30とが当接することがなくなるので、2つのドア20、30とも相手方のドアの回転の影響を受けることもなくなる。 However, also in the fourth example of the third embodiment, the restriction on the movement of the mode door 30 in the direction along the rotation axis of the second supported portions 31 a and 31 b is applied to the contact between the mix door 20 and the mode door 30. Regardless, since it is performed only by contact with the step surfaces 66 and 67 of the case members 2a and 2b, the movement range of the mode door 30 can be reduced. Further, since the mix door 20 and the mode door 30 do not contact each other, the two doors 20 and 30 are not affected by the rotation of the other door.
 ミックスドア20の構成について、図4等において、同じ回転軸線上に配置される一対の第1の被支持部21a、21bと、各被支持部21a、21bに対して略垂直に延設される一対の側壁部22a、22bと、この一対の側壁部22a、22bの間を繋ぐ閉塞部23とを有して構成されるロータリ式ドアとして図示して説明してきたが必ずしもこれに限定されない。図示しないが、支持部21a、21bと同様の構成の被支持部と、この被支持部の軸線に対して略平行に延設された板状部を備える板ドアであっても良い。そして、このような板ドアたるミックスドア20であっても、図示しないが、ケース部材2a又は2bとで規制機構50a、50bが構成される。 With respect to the configuration of the mix door 20, in FIG. 4 and the like, the pair of first supported portions 21a and 21b disposed on the same rotation axis and substantially perpendicular to the supported portions 21a and 21b are provided. Although illustrated and explained as a rotary door having a pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b and a closing portion 23 connecting between the pair of side wall portions 22a and 22b, it is not necessarily limited to this. Although not shown, a plate door including a supported portion having the same configuration as the supporting portions 21a and 21b and a plate-like portion extending substantially parallel to the axis of the supported portion may be used. And even if it is the mix door 20 which is such a plate door, although not shown in figure, the regulation mechanisms 50a and 50b are comprised with the case member 2a or 2b.
 また、モードドア30においても同様であり、図4等において、同じ回転軸線上に配置される一対の第1の被支持部31a、31bと、各第1の被支持部31a、31bに対して略垂直に延設される一対の側壁部32a、32bと、この一対の側壁部32a、32bの間を繋ぐ閉塞部33とを有して構成されるロータリ式ドアとして図示して説明してきたが必ずしもこれに限定されない。図示しないが、第1の支持部31a、31bと同様の構成の被支持部と、この被支持部の軸線に対して略平行に延設された板状部を備える板ドアであっても良い。そして、このような板ドアたるモードドア30であっても、図示しないが、その被支持部やケース部材2a、2bと対峙する面に一方側ドア延出部61や他方側ドア延出部62や一方側ドア延出部63や他方側ドア延出部64を適宜設けたり、ケース部材2a、2bに一方側壁延出部64や他方側壁延出部65を設けたり、ケース部材2a、2bに段差面66、67を設けたりすることで、図示しないが、ケース部材2a又は2bとで規制機構60a、60bを構成することができる。 The same applies to the mode door 30. In FIG. 4 and the like, the pair of first supported portions 31a and 31b disposed on the same rotation axis and the first supported portions 31a and 31b. Although illustrated and described as a rotary door configured to include a pair of side wall portions 32a and 32b extending substantially vertically and a closing portion 33 connecting between the pair of side wall portions 32a and 32b. It is not necessarily limited to this. Although not shown, it may be a plate door including a supported portion having the same configuration as the first supporting portions 31a and 31b and a plate-like portion extending substantially parallel to the axis of the supported portion. . And even if it is the mode door 30 which is such a plate door, although not shown in figure, the one side door extension part 61 and the other side door extension part 62 are provided in the surface which faces the supported part and case members 2a and 2b. The one side door extension part 63 and the other side door extension part 64 are appropriately provided, the one side wall extension part 64 and the other side wall extension part 65 are provided on the case members 2a and 2b, and the case members 2a and 2b. By providing the step surfaces 66 and 67, although not shown, the regulation mechanisms 60a and 60b can be configured with the case member 2a or 2b.
 1 空調ユニット
 2 空調ケース
 2a ケース部材(第1の壁)
 2b ケース部材(第2の壁)
 3 空気導入空間
 4 導入口
 5 第1吹出通路
 6 第2吹出通路
 7 エバポレータ
 8 ヒータコア
 9 仕切壁
 10 バイパス通路
 11 温風通路
 12 ミックス空間
 13 デフロスト吹出開口
 14 ベント吹出開口
 15 フット吹出開口
 20 ミックスドア(第1ドア)
 21a 第1の被支持部の一方
 21b 第1の被支持部の他方
 22a 側壁部
 22b 側壁部
 23 閉塞部
 25 筒孔
 26 筒孔
 30 モードドア(第2ドア)
 31a 第2の被支持部の一方
 31b 第2の被支持部の他方
 32a 側壁部
 32b 側壁部
 33 閉塞部
 35 筒孔
 41 軸受孔
 42 軸受孔
 50a ミックスドアの規制機構
 50b ミックスドアの規制機構
 51 ミックスドアのドア延出部
 52 ミックスドアの一方側ドア延出部
 53 ミックスドアの他方側ドア延出部
 60a モードドアの規制機構(第1の規制機構)
 60b モードドアの規制機構(第2の規制機構)
 61 モードドアの一方側ドア延出部
 62 モードドアの他方側ドア延出部
 63 モードドアの他方側ドア延出部
 64 ケース部材の一方側壁延出部
 65 ケース部材の他方側壁延出部
 66 ケース部材の段差面
 67 ケース部材の段差面
 68 モードドアの一方側ドア延出部
 69 モードドアの他方側ドア延出部
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Air conditioning unit 2 Air conditioning case 2a Case member (1st wall)
2b Case member (second wall)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 3 Air introduction space 4 Inlet 5 First blow passage 6 Second blow passage 7 Evaporator 8 Heater core 9 Partition wall 10 Bypass passage 11 Hot air passage 12 Mix space 13 Defrost blow opening 14 Vent blow opening 15 Foot blow opening 20 Mix door ( 1st door)
21a One of the first supported parts 21b The other of the first supported parts 22a Side wall part 22b Side wall part 23 Closed part 25 Cylinder hole 26 Cylinder hole 30 Mode door (second door)
31a One of the second supported parts 31b The other of the second supported parts 32a Side wall part 32b Side wall part 33 Closure part 35 Cylindrical hole 41 Bearing hole 42 Bearing hole 50a Mix door restriction mechanism 50b Mix door restriction mechanism 51 Mix Door extension part of door 52 One side door extension part of mix door 53 Other side door extension part of mix door 60a Mode door regulation mechanism (first regulation mechanism)
60b Mode door restriction mechanism (second restriction mechanism)
61 One-side door extension part of mode door 62 Other-side door extension part of mode door 63 Other-side door extension part of mode door 64 One side wall extension part of case member 65 Other side wall extension part of case member 66 Case Step surface of member 67 Step surface of case member 68 One side door extension part of mode door 69 Other side door extension part of mode door

Claims (11)

  1.  対をなす第1の被支持部を備える第1ドアと、対をなす第2の被支持部を備える第2ドアとを有し、対向する第1の壁と第2の壁との間に前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとが配置される車両用空調装置のドア保持構造であって、
     前記第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第1の被支持部の他方と前記第2の被支持部の他方とは、前記第2の壁にそれぞれ回転可能に支持され、又は前記第2の壁に支持された被支持部に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第1の被支持部と前記第2の被支持部とは、同じ回転軸線上で回転可能であり、
     前記回転軸線に沿う方向への前記第1ドアの移動は、前記第1ドアが、前記第1の壁と当接すること及び前記第2の壁と当接することにより規制されるドア保持構造において、
     前記第2ドアと前記第1の壁とで第1の規制機構を構成し、
     前記第2ドアと前記第2の壁とで第2の規制機構を構成し、
     前記回転軸線に沿う方向への前記第2ドアの移動は、前記第1の規制機構と前記第2の規制機構とにより規制される
     ことを特徴とする車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    A first door having a first supported portion forming a pair and a second door having a second supported portion forming a pair, between the first wall and the second wall facing each other; A vehicle air conditioner door holding structure in which the first door and the second door are arranged,
    One of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by the first wall,
    One of the second supported parts is rotatably supported by the first supported part,
    The other of the first supported portion and the other of the second supported portion are rotatably supported by the second wall or rotated by the supported portion supported by the second wall. Supported as possible,
    The first supported part and the second supported part are rotatable on the same rotation axis,
    In the door holding structure in which the movement of the first door in the direction along the rotation axis is regulated by the first door being in contact with the first wall and the second wall.
    The second door and the first wall constitute a first restriction mechanism,
    The second door and the second wall constitute a second restriction mechanism,
    The movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is restricted by the first restriction mechanism and the second restriction mechanism. A door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner.
  2.  前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、
     前記第2ドアから延出して前記第1の壁と当接することが可能な一方側ドア延出部と、前記第1の壁とで構成する第1の規制機構と、
     前記第2ドアから延出して前記第2の壁と当接することが可能な他方側ドア延出部と、前記第2の壁とで構成する第2の規制機構との、少なくともいずれかにより規制される
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    The movement of the second door in the direction along the rotational axis is as follows:
    A first restricting mechanism configured by a first door extending portion extending from the second door and capable of contacting the first wall; and the first wall;
    Restricted by at least one of the second-side door extending portion that extends from the second door and can come into contact with the second wall, and the second restricting mechanism configured by the second wall. The door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to claim 1.
  3.   前記第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に支持され、
      前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、少なくとも、前記他方側ドア延出部と、前記第2の壁とで構成する前記第2の規制機構により規制され、
     前記他方側ドア延出部は、前記第2の被支持部の他方から前記回転軸線に対して略垂直方向に延びた
     ことを特徴とする請求項2に記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    The other of the second supported parts is supported by the second wall,
    The movement of the second door in the direction along the rotation axis is restricted by the second restriction mechanism configured by at least the other side door extension portion and the second wall,
    The door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to claim 2, wherein the other side door extension portion extends in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis from the other of the second supported portions. .
  4.  前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、
     前記第2ドアと、前記第1の壁から延出して前記第2ドアと当接することが可能な一方側壁延出部とで構成する第1の規制機構と、
     前記第2ドアと、前記第2の壁から延出して前記第2ドアと当接することが可能な他方側壁延出部とで構成する第2の規制機構と、の少なくともいずれかにより規制される
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    The movement of the second door in the direction along the rotational axis is as follows:
    A first restricting mechanism configured by the second door and one side wall extending portion that extends from the first wall and can come into contact with the second door;
    Restricted by at least one of the second door and a second restricting mechanism constituted by the other side wall extending portion that extends from the second wall and can come into contact with the second door. The door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to claim 1.
  5.  前記回転軸線に沿う方向への第2ドアの移動は、
     前記第2ドアと、前記第1の壁のうち、前記第1ドアと対向する面よりも前記第2の壁に近接する一方側段差面とで構成する第1の規制機構と、
     前記第2ドアと、前記第2の壁のうち、前記第1ドアと対向する面よりも前記第1の壁に近接する他方側段差面とで構成する第2の規制機構と、の少なくともいずれかにより規制される
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    The movement of the second door in the direction along the rotational axis is as follows:
    A first regulating mechanism configured by the second door and a step surface of the first wall that is closer to the second wall than the surface facing the first door of the first wall;
    At least one of the second door and a second regulating mechanism configured by the other side step surface closer to the first wall than the surface facing the first door among the second walls. The door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to claim 1, wherein the door holding structure is restricted by the above.
  6.  前記対をなす第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に形成された第1の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、
     前記対をなす第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第1の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成されたドア支持部に支持され、前記第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、前記第2の被支持部の他方が挿通可能なスリット部を備え、
     前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部の一方の内径側又は外径側に回転可能に支持されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5のいずれかに記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    One of the paired first supported parts is rotatably supported by a first bearing hole formed in the first wall,
    The other of the pair of second supported parts is rotatably supported in a second bearing hole formed in the second wall;
    The other of the first supported parts is supported by a door support part formed on the second wall, and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole. The second supported part The other of the has a slit portion that can be inserted,
    One of the second supported parts is rotatably supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part. The door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner described in 1.
  7.  前記第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に形成された第1の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部の一方に前記第1の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って支持され、前記第1の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、
     前記第1の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の被支持部の他方に前記第2の軸受孔からの垂線に沿って支持され、前記第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能である
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5のいずれかに記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    One of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by a first bearing hole formed in the first wall,
    The other of the second supported parts is rotatably supported in a second bearing hole formed in the second wall,
    One of the second supported portions is supported by one of the first supported portions along a perpendicular line from the first bearing hole, and is rotatable about the axis of the first bearing hole. Yes,
    The other of the first supported parts is supported along the perpendicular from the second bearing hole to the other of the second supported parts, and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole. The door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the door holding structure is provided.
  8.  前記第1の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の壁に形成された第1の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第1の被支持部の他方は、前記第2の壁に形成された第2の軸受孔に回転可能に支持され、
     前記第2の被支持部の一方は、前記第1の被支持部の一方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、前記第1の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能であり、
     前記第2の被支持部の他方は、前記第1の被支持部の他方の内径側又は外径側に支持されて、前記第2の軸受孔の軸線を中心として回転可能である
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5のいずれかに記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    One of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by a first bearing hole formed in the first wall,
    The other of the first supported parts is rotatably supported by a second bearing hole formed in the second wall,
    One of the second supported portions is supported on one inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported portion, and is rotatable about the axis of the first bearing hole,
    The other of the second supported parts is supported on the other inner diameter side or outer diameter side of the first supported part, and is rotatable about the axis of the second bearing hole. The door holding structure for a vehicle air conditioner according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  9.  前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとは、それぞれの被支持部に対して略垂直に延設される一対の側壁部と、この一対の側壁部の間を繋ぐ閉塞部とを有して構成されるロータリ式ドアである
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から8のいずれかに記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    The first door and the second door include a pair of side wall portions that extend substantially perpendicular to each supported portion, and a closing portion that connects between the pair of side wall portions. It is a rotary type door. The door holding structure of the vehicle air conditioner in any one of Claim 1 to 8 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  10.  前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとは、それぞれの被支持部の軸線に対して略平行に延設された板状部を備える板ドアである
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から8のいずれかに記載の車両用空調装置のドア保持構造。
    The said 1st door and the said 2nd door are plate doors provided with the plate-shaped part extended substantially parallel with respect to the axis line of each to-be-supported part, Any one of Claim 1 to 8 characterized by the above-mentioned. A vehicle air conditioner door holding structure according to claim 1.
  11.  前記第1の壁と前記第2の壁とは、空気流路が内部に形成された空調ケースの一部であり、
     前記第1ドアと前記第2ドアとは、前記空気流路に配されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から10のいずれかに記載の車両用空調装置。
    The first wall and the second wall are part of an air conditioning case in which an air flow path is formed,
    The vehicle air conditioner according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first door and the second door are arranged in the air flow path.
PCT/JP2014/065409 2013-06-17 2014-06-11 Door holding structure for vehicle air conditioner, and vehicle air conditioner with same WO2014203772A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015522800A JP6261054B2 (en) 2013-06-17 2014-06-11 Vehicle air conditioner door holding structure and vehicle air conditioner equipped with the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-126734 2013-06-17
JP2013126734 2013-06-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014203772A1 true WO2014203772A1 (en) 2014-12-24

Family

ID=52104509

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/065409 WO2014203772A1 (en) 2013-06-17 2014-06-11 Door holding structure for vehicle air conditioner, and vehicle air conditioner with same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6261054B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2014203772A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220194169A1 (en) * 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Denso International America, Inc. Door Assembly and HVAC System Having the Same

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010120441A (en) * 2008-11-18 2010-06-03 Calsonic Kansei Corp Air-conditioning wind blow-off mechanism
EP2243646A1 (en) * 2009-04-20 2010-10-27 Valeo Systèmes Thermiques Thermal treatment box for thermal treatment of an air flow
JP2011207307A (en) * 2010-03-29 2011-10-20 Denso Corp Air passage adjusting device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010120441A (en) * 2008-11-18 2010-06-03 Calsonic Kansei Corp Air-conditioning wind blow-off mechanism
EP2243646A1 (en) * 2009-04-20 2010-10-27 Valeo Systèmes Thermiques Thermal treatment box for thermal treatment of an air flow
JP2011207307A (en) * 2010-03-29 2011-10-20 Denso Corp Air passage adjusting device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220194169A1 (en) * 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Denso International America, Inc. Door Assembly and HVAC System Having the Same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2014203772A1 (en) 2017-02-23
JP6261054B2 (en) 2018-01-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6319514B2 (en) Blower
US20170096045A1 (en) Air conditioner for vehicle and controlling method thereof
JP6747402B2 (en) Blower
KR100429482B1 (en) Vehicle air conditioner
US10214075B2 (en) Air conditioner for vehicle
JP6261054B2 (en) Vehicle air conditioner door holding structure and vehicle air conditioner equipped with the same
JP6269432B2 (en) Air conditioner for vehicles
JP3600345B2 (en) Vehicle air conditioner
JP2011207307A (en) Air passage adjusting device
CA3029214C (en) Link mechanism for a vehicle air conditioner
JP6175075B2 (en) Vehicle air conditioner door holding structure and vehicle air conditioner equipped with the same
JP6237328B2 (en) Air conditioner for vehicles
WO2017082139A1 (en) Air conditioning device for vehicle
JP2015128938A (en) Blower for vehicle and air conditioner for vehicle
JP3586510B2 (en) Vehicle air conditioner
JP6208686B2 (en) Vehicle air conditioner door holding structure and vehicle air conditioner equipped with the same
JP2007320515A (en) Air passage opening and closing device
JP5965172B2 (en) Air conditioner for vehicles
WO2020255951A1 (en) Air conditioning unit
JP6361237B2 (en) Blower unit
WO2020129638A1 (en) Vehicular air-conditioning device
JP2015107775A (en) Vehicle air conditioner
JP6282091B2 (en) Air conditioner for vehicles
JP2005081907A (en) Damper for air-conditioner and vehicle air-conditioner using the same
JP2021000907A (en) Vehicle air conditioner

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14812938

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015522800

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14812938

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1